Suit on Title: Burden on Plaintiff to Prove Title; Weakness of Defence Will Not Entitle a Decree

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

Abstract

  • 1. A Plaintiff has to win the title-suit on his evidence; not on the weakness of the adversary.
  • 2. In a suit on title, if the plaintiff makes a high degree of probability it will shift the onus on the defendant (R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548).
  • 3. Court is Entitled to Consider the Title set up by the Defendants also (Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577).
  • 4. Title will not pass by a mere admission.
  • 5. Title will not lose by an admission.
  • 6. The title is to be established by producing the title deed.

Court is Entitled to Consider the Title set up by the Defendants also

Supreme Court of India, in Ratnagiri Nagar Parishad v. Gangaram Narayan Ambekar, (2020) 7 SCC 275, held as under:

  • “The initial burden of proof is on the plaintiffs to substantiate his cause, if he failed to discharge the same, the weakness in the defense cannot be the basis to grant relief to the plaintiffs and burden cannot be shifted on the defendants.”

In Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577, it is observed –

  • In a recovery on title suit, the burden is on the plaintiff to establish title.
  • Court is also entitled to consider the rival title set up by the defendants.
  • Weakness of defence to establish title, would not enable plaintiff to a decree.

The Apex Court held:

  • “The suit is for recovery of possession on the strength of title. Obviously, the burden is on the plaintiff to establish that title. No doubt in appreciating the case of title set up by the plaintiff, the Court is also entitled to consider the rival title set up by the defendants. But the weakness of the defence or the failure of the defendants to establish the title set up by them, would not enable the plaintiff to a decree. There cannot be any demur to these propositions.”
  • “14. We find that the trial Court and the appellate Court were not justified in refusing the amendment of the plaint sought for by the plaintiff. No doubt there had been delay in seeking amendment but that delay could have been compensated by awarding costs to the contesting defendants 1 to 9. Therefore, we are satisfied that the amendment sought for by the plaintiff ought to have been allowed. We are inclined to allow the amendment sought for, since it would enable the Court to pin-pointedly consider the real dispute between the parties and would enable it to render a decision more satisfactorily to its conscience. We, therefore, allow the amendment as sought for by the plaintiff at a belated stage. The amendment will be carried out by the plaintiff in the trial Court within three months from this date as per the practice followed in the trial Court. Obviously defendants 1 to 9 would have an opportunity to file an additional written statement to the amended plaint. They will be entitled to file an additional written statement within a period of four months from the date of this judgment.”

Plaintiff Seeking Declaration of Title Must Establish His Own Case

Our Apex Court expressed it in Venkatesha v. K.M. Venkatamuniyappa, 2026 INSC 705, as under:

  • “Even as the very preliminary step, the plaintiff’s title over Sy. No.162 is nebulous. A plaintiff seeking declaration of title must succeed on the strength of his own case and not on the perceived weakness of the defence. It is trite that title cannot rest on surmises or probabilities. The burden squarely rested on the plaintiff to establish that the property conveyed under Sale Deeds I, II and III, though described throughout as Sy. No.1/4, was in reality Sy. No.162. Such burden remained undischarged.”

Title be Established by Title Deeds

A party to the suit has to establish the title to a property by producing its title deed. In Title declaration suits, survey plan & revenue records are less significant.

  • Elambilan Nani Amma v. Mulavana Antony (K. Babu, J.), 2023-7 KHC 418;
  • Laxkshmi B. v. Suku (A. Badharudeen, J.), 2024-1 KerHC 380.

Suit on Title & Weakness of the Defence

A Plaintiff has to win the title-suit on his evidence; not on the weakness of the adversary. See:

  • Kishan Chand v. Gautam Gaur Hitkarak Sabha, Kota (Vikram Nath, Sandeep Mehta, JJ.) 2026 INSC 448 (Even assuming that the defendant has failed to conclusively establish his title, the same would not enure to the benefit of the plaintiffs.)
  • Baha Kartar Singh Bedi v. Dayal Das, AIR 1939 PC 201 (Referred to in: K. M. Paul v. K. Pradeep, ILR 2006-2 Ker 19),
  • Jagdish Narain v. Nawab Said Ahmed Khan, AIR 1946 PC 59 (Referred to in: Dinesh Jain v. Jeewanlal Lala, AIR 2013 MP 85)
  • Moran Mar Basselios Catholics v. Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR 1954 SC 526 (ejectment suit must succeed on the strength of Plaintiffs’ own title)
  • Heera Devi v. Official Assignee Bombay, AIR 1958 SC 448.
  • Moran Mar Basselios Catholicos v. Thukalan Paulo Avira, AIR  1959 SC 31 (referred to in: Paturu Sundaraiah v. Suri Ranganayakamma, AIR 2022 AP 71),
  • Brahmanand Puri v. Nek Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506.
  • Nagar Palika, Jind v. Jagat Singh, Advocate, (1995) 3 SCC 426.
  • Sayed Muhammed Mashur Kunhi Koya Thangal v. Badagara Jumayath Palli Dharas Committee, 2004-7 SCC 708.
  • Yamuna Nagar Improvement Trust v. Khairati Lal, (2005) 10 SCC 30.
  • Anil. Rishi vs. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558; City Municipal. Council, Bhalki Vs. Gurappa, (2016) 2 SCC 200),
  • Rangammal v. Kuppuswamy, (2011) 12 SCC 220
  • Union of India v. Vasavi Co-operative Housing Society Limited, (2014) 2 SCC 269,
  • Jagdish Prasad Patel v. Shivnath, (2019) 6 SCC 82.
  • Smriti Debbarma v. Prabha Ranjan Debbarma, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 9
  • P.  Kishore Kumar Vs. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278) 

Plaintiff to Win Recovery Suit, on Strength of his Title

Following are the often cited decisions on this subject-

  • Moran Mar Basselios Catholics v. Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR 1954 SC 526,
  • Brahma Nand Puri v. Neki Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506,
  • City Municipal Council Bhalki v. Gurappa, 2016-2  SCC 200
  • Bajaranglal Shivchandrai Ruia v. Shashikant N. Ruia, (2004) 5 SCC 272
  • R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548: (2003) 8 SCC 752
  • Vijay Pullarwar v. Shri Hanuman Deostan, (2019) 11 SCC 718

In Vijay Pullarwar v. Shri Hanuman Deostan, (2019) 11 SCC 718, the suit for possession instituted by the plaintiffs trust on the basis of title, was found to be devoid of merits; for, there was no reference in the registration application of the public trust under the BPT Act, 1950 or in schedule I, where to record the properties of the public trust that the suit property belonged to the trust. Our Apex Court held as under:

  • “Needless to observe that the plaintiffs/respondents were primarily obliged to establish their title in the suit house bearing No.878 in Circle No.3 where the Padukas of Saint Haridas Baba have been installed, as being the property of the plaintiff trust. The plaintiffs must succeed or fail on the title they establish; and if they fail to do so, they must fail to get the relief of possession irrespective of title of the defendant in the suit property (See: Brahma Nand Puri v. Naki Puri, (1965) 2 SCR 233 and Bajaranglal Shivchandrai Ruia v. Shashikant N. Ruia, (2004) 5 SCC 272).”

In City Municipal Council Bhalki v. Gurappa, 2016-2  SCC 200, it is held as under:

  • “31. It is a settled position of law that in a suit for declaration of title and possession, the onus is upon the plaintiff to prove his title. Further, not only is the onus on the plaintiff, he must prove his title independently, and a decree in his favour cannot be awarded for the only reason that the defendant has not been able to prove his title, as held by this Court in Brahma Nand Puri v. Neki Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506….”

In Brahma Nand Puri v. Neki Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506, the Apex Court held as under:

  • “The plaintiff’s suit being one for ejectment he has to succeed or fail on the title that he establishes and if he cannot succeed on the strength of his title his suit must fail notwithstanding that the defendant in possession has no title to the property… …”

If plaintiff shows high degree of probability, it shifts the onus on the defendant.

In R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548: (2003) 8 SCC 752, the strict principle  as to burden of proof is reduced It is held that once the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability so as to shift the onus on the defendant, it is for the defendant to discharge his onus. (See: G. N.  Naidu v. Mohd.  Farook Ali Khan, 2017-2 ALT 611)

In R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548, the law is laid down in the following terms :

  • “A fact is said to be ‘proved’ when, if considering the matters before it, the Court either believes it to exist, or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of a particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists. It is the evaluation of the result drawn by applicability of the rule, which makes the difference. …”
  • In a suit for recovery of possession based on title it is for the plaintiff to prove his title and satisfy the court that he, in law, is entitled to dispossess the defendant from his possession over the suit property and for the possession to be restored to him. However, as held in A. Raghavamma v. A. Chenchamma there is an essential distinction between burden of proof and onus of proof: burden of proof lies upon a person who has to prove the fact and which never shifts. Onus of proof shifts. Such a shifting of onus is a continuous process in the evaluation of evidence. In our opinion, in a suit for possession based on title once the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability so as to shift the onus on the defendant it is for the defendant to discharge his onus and in the absence thereof the burden of proof lying on the plaintiff shall be held to have been discharged so as to amount to proof of the plaintiff’s title.
  • … A high degree of preponderance of probability proving title to the suit property was raised in favour of the appellant and the courts below rightly concluded the burden of proof raised on the plaintiff having been discharged while the onus shifting on the defendant remaining undischarged. ..”
  • (Quoted in: Anil. Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558; City Municipal. Council, Bhalki Vs. Gurappa, (2016) 2 SCC 200).

Doctrine, High Degree of Probability in Religious-OfficeClaim

The aforestated strict principle as to burden of proof (as to title – burden is on the plaintiff) is definitely appropriate in case of a claim on religious office (ejecting one in office), as found in Moran Mar Basselios Catholics v. Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR 1954 SC 526 (Malankara Metropolitan and other trustees) and Brahma Nand Puri v. Nelci Puri, 1965 AIR SC 1506; 1965-2 SCR 233 (Mahantship).

It is held in Brahma Nand Puri v. Nelci Puri, 1965 AIR SC 1506; 1965-2 SCR 233, as under:

  • “The plaintiffs suit being one for ejectment he has to succeed or fail on the title he established and if he cannot succeed on the strength of his title his suit must fail notwithstanding that the defendant in possession has no title to the property.”

High degree of Probability Shifts the Onus on the defendant

In Smriti Debbarma v. Prabha Ranjan Debbarma, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 9,it is held bu our Apex Court as under:

  • “31. The burden of proof
    • [See Paragraph 19 in Anil Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558 where the expression ‘burden of proof’ is used in three ways, namely, (i) to indicate the duty of bringing forward evidence in support of a proposition at the beginning or later; (ii) to make that of establishing a proposition as against all counter-evidence; and (iii) an indiscriminate use in which it may mean either, or both of the others.]
  • to establish a title in the present case lies upon the plaintiff as this burden lies on the party who asserts the existence of a particular state of things on the basis of which she claims relief [See Addagada Raghavamma and Another v. Addagada Chenchamma and Another, AIR 1964 SC 136.] This is mandated in terms of Sec. 101
    • [Sec. 101: Burden of Proof.- Whoever desires any Court to give judgment as to any legal right or liability dependent on the existence of facts which he asserts, must prove that those facts exist. When a person is bound to prove the existence of any fact, it is said that the burden of proof lies on that person.]
  • of the Evidence Act, which states that burden on proving the fact rests with party who substantially asserts in the affirmative and not on the party which is denying it. This rule may not be universal and has exceptions,[See Ss. 103, 104 and 105 of the Evidence Act.] but in the factual background of the present case, the general principle is applicable. In terms of Sec. 102
    • [Sec. 102: On whom the burden of proof lies.- The burden of proof in a suit or proceeding lies on that person who would fail if no evidence at all were given on either side.]
  • of the Evidence Act, if both parties fail to adduce evidence, the suit must fail.[See Anil Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558.] Onus of proof, no doubt shifts and the shifting is a continuous process in the evaluation of evidence, but this happens when in a suit for title and possession, the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability to shift the onus on the defendant. In the absence of such evidence, the burden of proof lies on the plaintiff and can be discharged only when he is able to prove title.[See R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder  v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami V.P. Temple and Another, (2003) 8 SCC 752.] The weakness of the defence cannot be a justification to decree the suit. [See Union of India v. Vasavi Cooperative Housing Society Limited, (2014) 2 SCC 269.] The plaintiff could have succeeded in respect of the Schedule ‘A’ property if she had discharged the burden to prove the title to the Schedule ‘A’ property which squarely falls on her. This would be the true effect of Ss. 101 and 102 of the Evidence Act. [See Sebastiao Luis Fernandes v. K.V.P. Shastri, (2013) 15 SCC 161.]
  • Therefore, it follows that the plaintiff should have satisfied and discharged the burden under the provisions of the Evidence Act, failing which the suit would be liable to be dismissed.”

Burden of Proof Loses Significance

Burden of proof loses its importance –

  • if both parties adduced evidence
  • if there is sufficient evidence on an issue.

In such a situation, it remains academic:

  • Chidambara Sivaprakasa Pandara Sannadhigal v. Veerama Reddi, 49 IA 286 303: AIR 1922 PC 292 (referred to in Seturatnam Aiyar v. Venkatachala Gounden, (1919)   47 IA 76, and Kumbham Lakshmanna v. Tangirala Venkateswarlu, AIR 1949 PC 278);
  • Sushil Kumar v. Rakesh Kumar, (2003) 8 SCC 673,
  • Raghunathi v. Raju Ramappa Shetty, AIR 1991 SC 1040;
  • Mohd.  Abdullah Azam Khan Vs. Nawab Kazim Ali Khan,(1976) 3 SCC 32

Withholding Documents

In the important decision, Gopal Krishnaji Ketkar v.  Mahomed Haji Latif, AIR 1968 SC 1413, it is held as under:

  • “Even if a party to the suit has no burden, the Court can draw an adverse inference if he withholds important documents in his possession.”

In National Insurance Co. Ltd., New Delhi Vs. Jugal Kishore, 1988-1 SCC 626, Our Apex Court stated the law as under:

  • “This Court has consistently emphasized that it is the duty of the party which is in possession of a document which would be helpful in doing justice in the cause to produce the said document and such party should not be permitted to take shelter behind the abstract doctrine of burden of proof.” (Quoted in: Sushil Kumar v. Rakesh Kumar, (2003) 8 SCC 673)

Nemo Dat Quod Non Habet

In P.  Kishore Kumar v. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278), after pointing out that ‘the revenue records are not documents of title’, it is held as under:

  • “18. It is settled law that a vendor cannot transfer a title to the vendee better than he himself possesses, the principle arising from the maxim nemo dat quod non habet, i.e., “no one can confer a better title than what he himself has”. In the present case, the plaintiff’s vendor having been denied the right of title in the land by the Commissioner’s order, could not have conveyed the same to her vendee.”
  • “22. Contention advanced on behalf of the plaintiff that through the record of rights the plaintiff has established his title by a preponderance of probabilities is not sustainable. As noted above, the plaintiff failed to produce a single document of title in respect of the suit property. In a dispute with respect to determination of title, merely pointing out the lacunae in the defendant’s title would not suffice. Having instituted the suit for declaration, the burden of proof rested on the shoulders of the plaintiff to reasonably establish the probability of better title, which the plaintiff in the present case, has manifestly failed to do.”

Revenue Records Does Not Confer Title

In Union of India v. Vasavi Co-op.  Housing Society Ltd. , AIR 2014 SC 937; 2014-2 SCC 269, it is held as under:

  • “17. This Court in several Judgments has held that the revenue records does not confer title. In Corporation of the City of Bangalore v. M. Papaiah and another (1989) 3 SCC 612 held that
    • “it is firmly established that revenue records are not documents of title, and the question of interpretation of document not being a document of title is not a question of law.”
  • In Guru Amarjit Singh v. Rattan Chand and others (1993) 4 SCC 349 this Court has held that “that the entries in jamabandi are not proof of title”.
  • In State of Himachal Pradesh v. Keshav Ram and others (1996) 11 SCC 257 this Court held that
    • “the entries in the revenue papers, by no stretch of imagination can form the basis for declaration of title in favour of the plaintiff.”

Patta As Such Does Not Confer Title

In Union of India v. Vasavi Co-op.  Housing Society Ltd. , AIR 2014 SC 937; 2014-2 SCC 269, it is continued as under:

  •  “18. The Plaintiff has also maintained the stand that their predecessor-in- interest was the Pattadar of the suit land. In a given case, the conferment of Patta as such does not confer title. Reference may be made to the judgment of this Court in Syndicate Bank v. Estate Officer & Manager, APIIC Ltd. & Ors. (2007) 8 SCC 361 and Vatticherukuru Village Panchayat v. Nori Venkatarama Deekshithulu & Ors. (1991) Supp. (2) SCC 228.
  • 20. We are of the view that even if the entries in the Record of Rights carry evidentiary value, that itself would not confer any title on the plaintiff on the suit land in question. Ext.X-1 is Classer Register of 1347 which according to the trial court, speaks of the ownership of the plaintiff’s vendor’s property. We are of the view that these entries, as such, would not confer any title. Plaintiffs have to show, independent of those entries, that the plaintiff’s predecessors had title over the property in question and it is that property which they have purchased.”

Revenue Documents alone will not make High Degree of Probability

The Supreme Court held in P.  Kishore Kumar Vs. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278) , Bela M. Trivedi and  Dipankar Datta, JJ., as under:

  • “25. Mr. S.N. Bhat placed reliance on the decision of this Court in R.V.E.  Venkatachala Gounder vs. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami V.P. Temple, (2003) 8 SCC 75,2 to contend that the plaintiff was only expected to prove his title to a high degree of probability and not beyond reasonable doubt. The principle of law argued by the learned senior counsel is not one we wish to dispute, the same having been well settled through numerous decisions of this Court. However, having led in evidence only revenue documents which are essentially fiscal in nature, we have no hesitation in holding that in the present case, the plaintiff has been unable to assert his case to a high degree of probability. It is, therefore, not enough that the plaintiff led in evidence records of rights for a number of years in an attempt to establish his title; such records would not counter the proof of occupancy rights furnished by the defendant, in a test of probative value.”

Credible Document of Title

In P.  Kishore Kumar v. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278), after pointing out that the ‘revenue records are not documents of title’, it is held as under:

  • “26. This Court, in Somnath Burman vs. S.P. Raju and Ors., (1969) 3 SCC 129 held that possession can be regarded as a better title against all, except the true and lawful owner. Therefore, the multitude of revenue documents put to use to argue that the plaintiff was cultivating the suit property would not adequately meet the demands of proof made by law. The only credible document of title led as evidence in the present case was in favour of the defendant’s predecessor-in-interest; hence, it must follow that it is only the defendant who can be declared the lawful owner of the ‘B’ schedule property.”

In Union of India v. Vasavi Co-operative Housing Society Limited, (2014) 2 SCC 269, it is held as under:

  • “15. It is trite law that, in a suit for declaration of title, the burden always lies on the Plaintiff to make out and establish a clear case for granting such a declaration and the weakness, if any, of the case set up by the Defendants would not be a ground to grant relief to the Plaintiff.” (Quoted in P.  Kishore Kumar v. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278)

In Jagdish Prasad Patel v. Shivnath, (2019) 6 SCC 82, it is observed as follows:

  • “44. In the suit for declaration for title and possession, the Plaintiffs- Respondents could succeed only on the strength of their own title and not on the weakness of the case of the Defendants-Appellants. The burden is on the Plaintiffs-Respondents to establish their title to the suit properties to show that they are entitled for a decree for declaration. The Plaintiffs-Respondents have neither produced the title document i.e. patta-lease which the Plaintiffs-Respondents are relying upon nor proved their right by adducing any other evidence. As noted above, the revenue entries relied on by them are also held to be not genuine. In any event, revenue entries for few Khataunis are not proof of title; but are mere statements for revenue purpose. They cannot confer any right or title on the party relying on them for proving their title.” (Quoted in P.  Kishore Kumar v. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278)

Petitioner to Prove claim (Lease); cannot rely Inconsistencies of Respondents

In OT Alexander v. State of Kerala, LAWS (KER) 2021-5. 23, High Court of Kerala (N. Nagaresh, J.) did not accept the argument of the petitioner in the Writ Petition, against the Government Order for resumption of the land, for the absence of materials to establish the lease of 1933 claimed by the Petitioner.  The prime contention of the petitioner was that the land was originally granted to the predecessors-in-interest of the petitioner, under Ground Rent Patta by erstwhile Collector of South Malabar District during the British regime in 1933; and that Land assigned under Ground Rent Patta could not be resumed by the Government.

The petitioner claimed that the transferees of the original leasee sold their right to a bank. The Bank (State Bank of Travancore) sold the property to a Company in 1995. The petitioner purchased the property from the Company as per the Sale Deed of the year 2004. The petitioner has been paying property tax to the Cochin Corporation. The action for resumption of land by the District Collector was on the ground that the sale deed between SBT and the Company was illegal. Pointing out that the petitioner cannot base his claim on inconsistencies of the respondents, the High Court did not accept the arguments against the resumption of land by the Collector.

Document Ex-Facie Reveals No Title – Declaration as to Invalidity Not Necessary

The Supreme Court held in Kizhakke Vattakandiyil Madhavan v. Thiyyurkunnath Meethal Janaki (Aniruddha Bose & Sudhanshu DhuliaJJ.), 2024 3 KerHC 169; 2024-2 KerLT 789; 2024-4 SCR 383, held as under:

  • “If a document seeking to convey immovable property ex-facie reveals that the conveyer does not have the title over the same, specific declaration that the document is invalid would not be necessary. The Court can examine the title in the event any party to the proceeding sets up this defence. Chiruthey could not convey any property over which she did not have any right or title. Her right, if any, would stem from the second deed of lease (Exhibit A-1). We are conscious of the fact that no claim was made before any forum for invalidating the deed dated 14th July 1910 (Exhibit A-20).”

By proving a deed, title of the executing person is not automatically confirmed

The Supreme Court held in Kizhakke Vattakandiyil Madhavan v. Thiyyurkunnath Meethal Janaki (Aniruddha Bose & Sudhanshu DhuliaJJ.), 2024 3 KerHC 169; 2024-2 KerLT 789; 2024-4 SCR 383, also held as under:

  • “18. ….But it would be trite to repeat that even if subsistence of a deed is proved in evidence, the title of the executing person (in this case Chiruthey) does not automatically stand confirmed.. ….. … But in absence of proper title over the subject property, that lease deed even if she was its sole lessor would not have had been legally valid or enforceable. If right, title or interest in certain property is sought conveyed by a person by an instrument who herself does not possess any such form of entitlement on the subject being conveyed, even with a subsisting deed of conveyance on such property, the grantee on her successors-in-interest will not have legal right to enforce the right the latter may have derived from such an instrument.”

False recital in a document as to pre-existing rights

False recital in a document as to pre-existing rights in a person (who had no such right) would not convey any right in the property to him. The Supreme Court, in Neelakantan Damodaran Namboothiri v. Velayudhan Pillai Narayana Pillai, AIR 1958 SC 832, it is held as under:

  • “It is stated in exhibit A that, by reason of sarva-swadanam marriage, the appellants were entitled to all moveable and immovable properties belonging to Kopprathu Illom and therefore she was executing the release deed conferring all the rights and claims they have obtained over the Illom properties by the sarvaswadanam form of marriage. The document, therefore, in terms confirms the pre-existing rights of the appellants and as we hold that they had no pre-existing rights, the document did not convey any interest to them. In the result, the appeals fail and are dismissed with cost.”
  • Also: Chandra Gopi v. U. K. Gopalakrishnan, 2013-1 KHC 174
  • Sarojini v. Santha Trading Co., 1969 KHC 94 : 1969 KLT 412 : 1968 KLJ 475.

Transfer Ab-Initio Void, Not to Set Aside by a Suit

In Madhegowda v. Ankegowda, (2002) 1 SCC 178.it is held by our Apex Court as under

  • “25………Undoubtedly Smt Madamma, sister of the minor, is not a “guardian” as defined in Section 4(b) of the Act (Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956). Therefore, she can only be taken to be a “de facto guardian” or more appropriately “de facto manager”. To a transfer in such a case Section 11 of the Act squarely applies. Therefore, there is little scope for doubt that the transfer of the minor’s interest by a de facto guardian/manager having been made in violation of the express bar provided under the section is per se invalid. The existence or otherwise of legal necessity is not relevant in the case of such invalid transfer. A transferee of such an alienation does not acquire any interest in the property. Such an invalid transaction is not required to be set aside by filing a suit or judicial proceeding. The minor, on attaining majority, can repudiate the transfer in any manner as and when occasion for it arises. After attaining majority if he/she transfers his/her interest in the property in a lawful manner asserting his/her title to the same that is sufficient to show that the minor has repudiated the transfer made by the de facto guardian/manager.”

Title of Plaintiff Nullity, Defendant need Not file a Suit

In Bajaranglal Shivchandrai Ruia v. Shashikant N. Ruia, AIR 2004 SC 2546, the defendants contended that the plaintiff’s title, on the basis of the alleged auction sale ‘was a nullity, as it was ultra vires the legal provisions and on the ground of lack of jurisdiction, non-service of demand notice on all the heirs and co-owners’. It was contended from the part of the (original) plaintiff that the sale proceedings could be challenged only by way of a substantive suit, and that the High Court was right in characterising the challenge to the suit by the defendant as a ‘backdoor method’. The Apex Court held as under:

  • “If the title claimed by the plaintiff was a nullity and wholly void, there was no need for any of the defendants including Bajranglal to challenge it by way of a substantive suit. They could always set up nullity of title as a defence in any proceeding taken against them based upon such title. If, in fact, the sale was a nullity, it was non est in the eye of law and all that defendant had to do was point this out. (See in this connection: Ajudh Raz and Ors. v. Moti S/o Mussadi, [1991] 3 SCC 136 and the opinion of the Full Bench of the Bombay High Court in Abdulla Mian v. Government of Bombay, (1942) 44 Bom LR 577.
  • In Vidyadhar v. Manikrao, 1999-3 SCC 573, the plaintiff had filed a suit on the basis of a sale deed executed by D-2 in his favour and sought the relief of possession of the property from defendant no. 1 who was an absolute stranger to the sale deed. The question which arose was whether defendant No. l, who was in possession, could justify his possession by urging the nullity of sale transaction between the plaintiff and defendant No. 2. In these circumstances, this Court held (para 21):
    • ‘The above decisions appear to be based on the principle that a person in his capacity as a defendant can raise any legitimate plea available to him under law to defeat the suit of the plaintiff. This would also include the plea that the sale deed by which the title to the property was intended to be conveyed to the plaintiff was void or fictitious or, for that matter, collusive and not intended to be acted upon. Thus, the whole question would depend upon the pleadings of the parties, the nature of the suit, the nature of the deed, the evidence led by the parties in the suit and other attending circumstances.’
  • Here, the plaintiffs suit is for ejection of the defendant and for possession of the suit property. She must succeed or fail on the title that she establishes. If she cannot succeed in proving her title, the suit must fail notwithstanding that the defendant in possession may or may not have title to the property. (See in this connection: Brahma Nand Puri v. Neki Puri, [1965] 2 SCR 233 at p. 237).”

Suit on Possessory Remedy, Other side Admits Possession; Should Will be Proved

No.

Sec. 17 (Admission) and Sec. 58 (Facts admitted need not be proved) are attracted. Division Bench decision in Boomathi v. Murugesan, 2023-2 Mad LJ 684 considered – when a Will is ‘categorically’ and ‘clearly’ admitted by the other side, should it be proved by calling a witness of the Will under Section 68 of the Evidence Act. The Madras High Court came to the conclusion that Section 68 will not be attracted where the Will is “admitted” by the other side.

Do General Provisions of S. 58 give way to Special Provisions of S. 68

Three views are possible:

  • First: Requirement of calling at lest one witness to prove those documents that requires attestation, in spite of express admission from the opposite party as to the execution of the document in the written statement.
  • Second: If the Will is (even impliedly) admitted, Sec. 68 need not be invoked.
  • Third: If only the Will is expressly or categorically admitted, then only there will be alleviation of burden laid down in Sec. 68.

In the light of the Apex Court decision in Ramesh Verma v. Rajesh Saxena, 2017-1 SCC 257, (that the position – as to proof of documents requires attestation – remains the same even in a case where the opposite party does not specifically deny the execution of the document in the written statement) it appears that the second view stated above (taken in Thayyullathil Kunhikannan v. Thayyullathil Kalliani, AIR 1990 Ker 226) is not sustainable.

But, the proposition of law in the third view above, applied in Boomathi v. Murugesan (supra), and other decisions (that the position – as to proof of documents requires attestation – will be different if the Will is “categorically admitted), sounds good.

Dominant Owner  Cannot Dispute The Title Of The Servient Owner

It is trite law that the dominant owner  cannot dispute the title of the servient owner (Reghuprasad v. M.  Raghunathan, AIR 2020 Ker 16). 

In Omana v. Reji Kurian, AIR 2022 Ker 91, it is held (K. Babu, J.) as under:

  • “19. Yet another aspect that requires consideration is that the pleadings of the defendants in the written statement go in the line, denying the title of the plaintiff over the ‘B’ schedule way. One of the fundamental ingredients in a claim of easement is the admission of the title of the servient owner by the dominant owner. On this ground alone, the claim of the defendants over plaint ‘B’ schedule property by way of easement by prescription must fail.”

Proof of Title – Preponderance of Probability Sufficient

In Kshetrimayum Ibohal Singh v. Ibemhal Devi, 2012-112 AIC 769; 2011-3 GauLD 803; 2011-6 GauLJ 629; 2012-6 GauLR 680; 2011 5 GauLT 680; 2012-4 NEJ 387, it is held as under: 525;

  • “In a civil suit, the plaintiff cannot be expected to prove his title beyond any rea­sonable doubt; a high degree of probability lending assurance of the availability of title with him would be enough to shift the onus on the defendant and if the defendant does not succeed in shifting back the onus, the plaintiff’s burden of proof can safely be deemed to have been discharged.” (relied on: R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548: (2003) 8 SCC 752.)

In Kshetrimayum Ibohal Singh, the Gauhati High Court relied on J. Yashoda v. K. Shobha Rani: (2007) 6 SCC 730, which held that the rule which is most universal, namely, that best evidence the nature of the case will admit shall be produced only means that, so long as the higher or su­perior evidence is within the possession of a person or may be reached by a person, that person shall give no inferior proof in relation toil.

R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami: Onus Shifts

In a suit for recovery on title, where both plaintiff and defendant claim title, if plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability, he will Win, if the defendant fails to discharge his onus. In R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548: (2003) 8 SCC 752, the law is stated in the following terms :

  • “29. In a suit for recovery of possession based on title it is for the plaintiff to prove his title and satisfy the court that he, in law, is entitled to dispossess the defendant from his possession over the suit property and for the possession to be restored to him. However, as held in A. Raghavamma v. A. Chenchamma, AIR 1964 SC 136, there is an essential distinction between burden of proof and onus of proof: burden of proof lies upon a person who has to prove the fact and which never shifts. Onus of proof shifts. Such a shifting of onus is a continuous process in the evaluation of evidence. In our opinion, in a suit for possession based on title once the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability so as to shift the onus on the defendant it is for the defendant to discharge his onus and in the absence thereof the burden of proof lying on the plaintiff shall be held to have been discharged so as to amount to proof of the plaintiff’s title.”

Quoted in:

  • Anil. Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558;
  • Sebastiao Luis Fernandes v K. V. P. Shastri, 2013-15 SCC 161;
  • City Municipal. Council, Bhalki v. Gurappa, (2016) 2 SCC 200)

Referred to in:

  • Mahakali Sujatha v. Branch Manager, Future Generali India Life Insurance Company Limited, AIR 2024 SC 2019; 22024-8 SCC 712
  • Smriti Debbarma v. Prabha Ranjan Debbarma, AIR 2023 SC 379; 2023-1 SCR 355
  • Mohd.  Abdullah Azam Khan Vs. Nawab Kazim Ali Khan, 2022-11 JT 214; 2022-16 Scale 689

In Smriti Debbarma v. Prabha Ranjan Debbarma, AIR 2023 SC 379; 2023-1 SCR 355,it is held bu our Apex Court as under:

  • “31. The burden of proof
    • [See Paragraph 19 in Anil Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558 where the expression ‘burden of proof’ is used in three ways, namely, (i) to indicate the duty of bringing forward evidence in support of a proposition at the beginning or later; (ii) to make that of establishing a proposition as against all counter-evidence; and (iii) an indiscriminate use in which it may mean either, or both of the others.]
  • to establish a title in the present case lies upon the plaintiff as this burden lies on the party who asserts the existence of a particular state of things on the basis of which she claims relief [See Addagada Raghavamma and Another v. Addagada Chenchamma and Another, AIR 1964 SC 136.] This is mandated in terms of Sec. 101
    • [Sec. 101: Burden of Proof.- Whoever desires any Court to give judgment as to any legal right or liability dependent on the existence of facts which he asserts, must prove that those facts exist. When a person is bound to prove the existence of any fact, it is said that the burden of proof lies on that person.]
  • of the Evidence Act, which states that burden on proving the fact rests with party who substantially asserts in the affirmative and not on the party which is denying it. This rule may not be universal and has exceptions,[See Ss. 103, 104 and 105 of the Evidence Act.] but in the factual background of the present case, the general principle is applicable. In terms of Sec. 102
    • [Sec. 102: On whom the burden of proof lies.- The burden of proof in a suit or proceeding lies on that person who would fail if no evidence at all were given on either side.]
  • of the Evidence Act, if both parties fail to adduce evidence, the suit must fail.[See Anil Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558.] Onus of proof, no doubt shifts and the shifting is a continuous process in the evaluation of evidence, but this happens when in a suit for title and possession, the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability to shift the onus on the defendant. In the absence of such evidence, the burden of proof lies on the plaintiff and can be discharged only when he is able to prove title.[See R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder  v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami V.P. Temple and Another, (2003) 8 SCC 752.] The weakness of the defence cannot be a justification to decree the suit. [See Union of India and Others v. Vasavi Cooperative Housing Society Limited and Others, (2014) 2 SCC 269.] The plaintiff could have succeeded in respect of the Schedule ‘A’ property if she had discharged the burden to prove the title to the Schedule ‘A’ property which squarely falls on her. This would be the true effect of Ss. 101 and 102 of the Evidence Act. [See Sebastiao Luis Fernandes (DEAD) Through LRs. And Others v. K.V.P. Shastri (DEAD) Through LRs. And Others, (2013) 15 SCC 161.]
  • Therefore, it follows that the plaintiff should have satisfied and discharged the burden under the provisions of the Evidence Act, failing which the suit would be liable to be dismissed.”

When evidence has been led by both sides, “onus” is out of place

  • “Where, however, evidence has been led by the contesting parties, abstract considerations of onus are out of place and truth or otherwise must always be adjudged on the evidence led by the parties [Kalwa Devadattam vs. Union, AIR 1964 SC 880]”

Section 116 of the Evidence Act

Section 116 of the Indian Evidence Act reads as under:

  • “Estoppel of tenant; and of licensee of person in possession. No tenant of immovable property, or person claiming through such tenant, shall, during the continuance of the tenancy, be heard to deny that the landlord of such tenant had, at the beginning of the tenancy, a title to such immovable property.”

In Sri Ram Pasricha v. Jagannath, AIR 1976 SC 2335: 1976 4 SCC 838, it is held as under:

  • “The tenant in such a suit is estopped from questioning the title of the landlord under section 116 of the Evidence Act. The tenant cannot deny that the landlord had title to the premises at the commencement of the tenancy. Under the general law, in a suit between landlord and tenant the question of title to the leased property is irrelevant”.

The principle behind the proposition, which asserts that the owner/landlord has the right to recover the property based on his title if the defendant-tenant raises claim of title, is founded upon the notion that a tenant is precluded from disputing the title of the landlord or owner, as laid down in Section 116 of the Evidence Act.

Bar u/S. 116: Not Extend To Challenge – Landlord Lost Tile After ‘Commencement Of The Tenancy’  

D. Satyanarayana v. P. Jagadish (A.P. Sen, B.C. Ray, JJ.), AIR 1987 SC2192, 1987 (4) SCC 424, is a leading decision on this matter.

  • (Note: ‘D. Satyanarayana v. P. Jagadish’ is said to be an exception to the general rule. See: Masonic Club v. Jamna Lodge, 2014-207 DLT 62; 2014-140 DRJ 396; L. Rs.  of Arjun Lal v. L. Rs.  of Kundan Lal, 2013 AIR(CC) 2193; 201260 RCR(Civ) 769 (Raj); M. L.  Dawar v. M. L.  Seth, 2011-125 DRJ 564 (Del); Manoharlal v. Baijnath Jalan, 2005-4 Jhk CR 58; 2005-3 Jhk LJR 474.)

The following are the facts (of D. Satyanarayana v. P. Jagadish) in a nutshell.

The owner had leased the demised premises to a tenant. The (original) tenant sub-leased it to the respondent. The head-lessor (owner) served a notice of eviction on the sub-tenant, alleging that there was unlawful subletting by the lessee.  The sub-tenant atoned in favour of the original lessor and started paying monthly rent directly to the superior landlord (owner).

In this decision, it is held that the estoppel or bar under Sec. 116 of the Evidence Act operates only –

  • (i)  during the continuance of the tenancy,
  • (ii) to the challenge of the title of the landlord at the beginning of the tenancy.

In this decision, it is held as under:

  • “3. …Section 116 of the Evidence Act provides that no tenant of immovable property shall, during the continuance of the tenancy, be permitted to deny that the landlord of such tenant had, at the beginning of the tenancy, a title to such immovable property. Possession and permission being established, estoppel would bind the tenant during the continuance of the tenancy and until he surrenders his possession. The words ‘during the continuance of the tenancy’ have been interpreted to mean during the continuance of the possession that was received under the tenancy in question, and the Courts have repeatedly laid down that estoppel operates even after the termination of the tenancy so that a tenant who had been let into possession, however, defective it may be, so long as he has not openly surrendered possession, cannot dispute the title of the landlord at the commencement of the tenancy…”
  • “4. The rule of estoppel embodied under Section 116 of the Evidence Act is that, a tenant who has been let into possession cannot deny his landlord’s title, however defective it may be, so long as he has not openly restored possession by surrender to his landlord…”

It was further held that since (or, after) the date of tenancy, the title of landlord came to an end; for, the head-lessor (owner) served a notice of eviction on the sub-tenant, alleging that there was unlawful subletting by the lessee, and the sub-tenant atoned in favour of the original lessor. It was pointed out –

  • A tenant is not estopped from contending that the title of the lessor has “since come to an end” (or the landlord lost title after the commencement of the tenancy),

The Apex Court (in D. Satyanarayana v. P. Jagadish) quoted from Mangat Ram & Anr. v. Sardar Meharban Singh, AIR 1987 SC 1656,  (1987) 4 SCC 319, (A.P. Sen, V. Balakrishnan Eradi, JJ.) saying:

  • “Quite recently, this Court in Mangat Ram v. Sardar Meharban Singh, [1987] 1 Scale 964, to which one of us was a party, observed:
  • “The estoppel contemplated by s. 116 is restricted to the denial of title at the commencement of the tenancy and by implication it follows that a tenant is not estopped from contending that the title of the lessor has since come to an end.”
  • See also: Fida Hussain v. Fazal Hussain & Ors., AIR (1963) MP 232,
  • K.S.M. Guruswamy Nadar v. N.G. Ranganathan, AIR (1954) Mad. 402, 
  • S.A.A. Annamalai Chettiar v. Molaiyan & Ors., AIR (1970) Mad. 396 and
  • Chidambara Vinayagar Devasthanam v. Duraiswamy, ILR (1967) 1 Mad. 624.”

D. Satyanarayanana v. P. Jagdish Distinguished

In E. Parashuraman (v.  V. Doraiswamy,  AIR 2006 SC 376; 2006-1 SCC 658, it is stated as under:

  • “18. We have carefully examined the decisions of this Court in D. Satyanarayanana vs. P. Jagdish (supra) and A.V.G.P. Chettiar and Sons and others vs. T. Palanisamy Gounder : (2002) 5 SCC 337 and we are of the view that the principles laid down therein are not applicable to the facts of this case. The exception to the rule of estoppel embodied under Section 116 of the Evidence Act arises if it is shown that since the date of the tenancy of title of the landlord came to an end, or that he was evicted by a paramount title holder, or that even though there was no actual eviction or dispossession from the property, under a threat of eviction, the tenant had attorned to the paramount title holder and a new jural relationship of landlord and tenant had come into existence between them. Such a situation has not arisen in the instant case. In this case there is no finding that the title of the landlord has come to an end. The Corporation has not established its title in any proceeding in accordance with law. In these circumstances the exception to the rule of estoppel embodied in Section 116 of the Evidence Act cannot be pleaded by the appellants.”

Sec. 116 ceases to have applicability once the tenant has been evicted

In Vashu Deo v. Balkishan, 2002-1 SCR 171, it is held that Sec. 116 ceases to have applicability once the tenant has been evicted. (It stands incongruent to the view in D. Satyanarayana v. P. Jagadish where it was held – estoppel operates even after the termination.) It is said as under:

  • “6. …Section 116 of the Evidence Act, which codifies the common law rule of estoppel between landlord and tenant, provides that no tenant of immovable property or person claiming through such tenant, shall, during the continuance of the tenancy, be permitted to deny that the landlord of such tenant had at the beginning of the tenancy, a title to such immovable property. The rule of estoppel so enacted has three main features :
    • .(i) the tenant is estopped from disputing the title of his landlord over the tenancy premises at the beginning of the tenancy;
    • (ii) such estoppel continues to operate so long as the tenancy continues and unless the tenant has surrendered possession to the landlord; and
    • (iii) Section 116 of the Evidence Act is not the whole law of estoppel between the landlord and tenant.
  • The principles emerging from Section 116 can be extended in their application and also suitably adapted to suit the requirement of an individual case… the rule of estoppel ceases to have applicability once the tenant has been evicted. His obligation to restore possession to his landlord is fulfilled either by actually fulfilling the obligation or by proving his landlord’s title having been extinguished by a paramount titleholder…”

Forfeiture of tenancy under Clause (g) of Section 111 of the TP Act

In Sheela v. Firm Prahlad Rai Prem Prakash (Ruma Pal, R.C. Lahoti, JJ.), AIR 2002 SC 1264; 2002-3 SCC 375 it is held as under:

  • “In our opinion, the denial or disclaimer to be relevant for the purpose of Section 12(1)(c) should take colour from Section 116 of the Evidence Act and Section 111(g) of the Transfer of Property Act. Section 116 of the Evidence Act embodies therein a rule of estoppel. No tenant of immovable property, or person claiming through such tenant, shall, during the continuance of the tenancy, be permitted to deny that the landlord of such tenant had, at the beginning of the tenancy, a title to such immovable property. This estoppel, so long as it binds the tenant, excludes the tenant from raising a plea disputing the title of his landlord at the commencement of the tenancy. It flows as a corollary therefrom that the proof of landlord-tenant relationship tantamounts during the continuance of tenancy to proof of ownership of landlord over the tenancy premises at the beginning of the tenancy so far as the tenant is concerned. It is significant to note that on the phraseology of Section 116 of the Evidence Act the rule of estoppel applies so long as the tenancy is not terminated and the rule estops the tenant from laying challenge to the ownership of the landlord at the commencement of the tenancy. But the rule of estoppel as incorporated in Section 116 is not exhaustive and it may be extended or suitably modified in its application to other situations as well, retaining the basic feature of the rule.
  • “Clause (g) of Section 111 of the Transfer of Property Act, insofar as relevant for our purpose, provides that a lease of immovable property determines by forfeiture in case the lessee renounces his character as such by setting up a title in a third person or by claiming title in himself. This provision contemplates two fact – situations which entail the lessee having renounced his character as such and they are: (i) when the lessee sets up a title in a third person, or (ii) when he claims title in himself.
  • “In either case, the tenant has disputed and denied the title of his landlord because a title in third person or title in himself cannot co-exist with the title in the landlord.
  • 13. The law as to tenancy being determined by forfeiture by denial of the lessor s title or disclaimer of the tenancy has been adopted in India from the Law of England where it originated as a principle in consonance with Justice, equity and good conscience. On enactment of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, the same was incorporated into clause (g) of Section 111. So just is the rule that it has been held applicable even in the areas where the Transfer of Property Act does not apply (See – Raja Mohammad Amir Ahmad Khan vs. Municipal Board of Sitapur and Anr. – AIR 1965 SC 1923). The principle of determination of tenancy by forfeiture consequent upon denial of the lessor s title may not be applicable where rent control legislation intervenes and such legislation while extending protection to tenants from eviction does not recognize such denial or disclaimer as a ground for termination of tenancy and eviction of tenant. However, in various rent control legislations such a ground is recognized and incorporated as a ground for eviction of tenant either expressly or impliedly by bringing it within the net of an act injurious to the interest of the landlord on account of its mischievous content to prejudice adversely and substantially the interest of the landlord.
  • “14. Denial of landlord’s title or disclaimer of tenancy, is it an act injurious to interest of landlord? How does this rule operate and what makes it offensive Evans & Smith state in the Law of Landlord and Tenant (Fourth Edition, 1993, at p.89) that it is an implied condition of every lease, fixed-term or periodic and formal or informal, that the tenant is not expressly or deny the landlord s title or prejudice it by any acts which are inconsistent with the existence of a tenancy. Disclaimer of the landlord’s title is analogous to repudiation of a contract. The rule is of feudal origin; the courts are not anxious to extend it, and so any breach of this condition must be clear and unambiguous. Hill & Redman in Law of Landlord and Tenant (Seventeenth Edition, para 382, at page 445-446) dealing with “Acts which prejudice lessor s title” state that there is implied in every lease a condition that the lessee shall not do anything that may prejudice the title of the lessor; and that if this is done the lessor may re-enter for breach of this implied condition. Thus, it is a cause of forfeiture if the lessee denies the title of the lessor by alleging that the title of the landlord is in himself or another; or if he assists a stranger to set up an adverse title or delivers the premises to him in order to enable him to set up a title. It is a question of fact, however, what intention underlies the words or the actions of a tenant, whether in fact he is definitely asserting a title adverse to the landlord or, as the case may be, intending to enable someone else to set up such a title. Thus, it is not sufficient that the lessee does not at once acknowledge the title of the landlord and a general traverse in the defence to an action for possession does no more than put the landlord to proof and does not assert that the title is in another. The essential characteristic of disclaimer by tenant as stated in Foa s General Law of Landlord and Tenant (Eight Edition, para 934, at p.589) is that it must amount to a renunciation by the tenant of his character of tenant, either by setting up a title in another, or by claiming title in himself. A mere renunciation of tenancy without more, though it may operate as a surrender, cannot amount to a disclaimer. The denial, though it need not be express and can be implied, must nevertheless be a clear denial and it must be clearly proved.”

‘Possession is Good Against All but the True Owner’ & Sec. 6 of the Sp. Relief Act

The principle ‘Possession is Good against all, but the True Owner’ is declared in Parry v. Clissold, (1907) AC 73. In this decision, it was also pointed out that if the rightful owner did not come forward and assert his title within the period of limitation, his right would be extinguished, and the possessory owner acquires an absolute title.

The Supreme Court of India, while accepting this principle in Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, pointed out that the law in India allows a plaintiff to maintain a possessory suit under Sec. 9 (preset Sec. 6) of the Specific Relief Act. Such a suit can be filed against a title holder, if he had dispossessed the plaintiff ‘otherwise than in due course of law’.

See: ‘Possessory Title’ in Indian Law


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLive’? Click here – How to Subscribe free 



Read in this cluster (Click on the topic):

Civil Suits: Procedure & Principles

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce/Marriage

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Presumption of Valid Marriage – If lived together for Long Spell

Saji Koduvath Advocate, Kottayam

In Badri Prasad v. Dy. Director of Consolidation, V.R. Krishnaiyer, D.A. Desai, O. Chinnappa Reddy, (JJ), AIR 1978 SC 1557, 1978 SCC  (3) 527, it is held as under:

  • “A strong presumption arises in favour of wed-lock where the partners have lived together for a long spell as husband and wife. Although the presumption is rebuttable, a heavy burden lies on him who seeks to deprive the relationship of legal origin.”

In Chowdamma v. Venkatappa, 25 August, 2025, 2025 INSC 1038, it is held by our Apex Court, Prashant Kumar Mishra, Sanjay Karol, JJ., following Badri Prasad v. Dy. Director of Consolidation, AIR 1978 SC 1557, 1978 SCC  (3) 527, as under:

  • “40. Such prolonged cohabitation, coupled with the testimony of P.W.2 (Hanumanthappa), attracts a strong presumption in favour of a valid wedlock. Although the presumption is rebuttable, the onus lies on defendant No. 1 to disprove the legitimacy of the relationship. In the present case, defendant No. 1, except for mere denial, has not substantiated any material, oral or documentary, to rebut the presumption of a valid marriage between the deceased Dasabovi and the plaintiffs’ mother.
  • 41. It is a well-settled principle that the burden of proof lies upon the party who asserts a fact. In the present case, the plaintiffs have positively asserted that the deceased Dasabovi had a valid marital relationship with their mother. This assertion is supported by the oral testimony of P.W.2 (Hanumanthappa), the consistent conduct of the deceased Dasabovi in regularly visiting the plaintiffs’ residence, and the absence of any contrary material from defendant No. 1.
  • 42. In view of the above, this Court is of the opinion that the plaintiffs have discharged the burden of proof placed upon them. They have sufficiently established that the deceased Dasabovi lived with their mother, Bheemakka @ Sathyakka, as husband and wife.”

In Chowdamma v. Venkatappa, the Supreme Court quoted the following from the Privy Council decision in Andrahennedige Dinohamy v. Wijetunge Liyanapatabendige, AIR 1927 PC 185:

  • “….where a man and woman are proved to have lived together as man and wife, the law will presume, unless the contrary be clearly proved, that they were living together in consequence of a valid marriage and not in a state of concubinage”.

In Chowdamma v. Venkatappa, the Supreme Court also quoted the following from the Privy Council decision in Ali Khan v. Mahomed Ibrahim Khan, AIR 1929 PC 135:

  • “… The law presumes in favour of marriage and against concubinage when a man and a woman have cohabited continuously for a number of years. …”

Presumption as to Valid Marriage

In the recent decision, Shiramabai v. The Captain, Record Officer,Hima Kohil and Rajesh Bindal JJ. (August 18, 2023), observed:

  • “Law infers a presumption in favour of a marriage when a man and woman have continuously cohabitated for a long spell. No doubt, the said presumption is rebuttable and can be rebutted by leading unimpeachable evidence. When there is any circumstance that weakens such a presumption, courts ought not to ignore the same. The burden lies heavily on the party who seeks to question the cohabitation and to deprive the relationship of a legal sanctity.”

To put stress on the above  presumption as to ‘valid marriage’ the Apex Court referred the following decisions:

  • Andrahennedige Dinohamy v. Wijetunge Liyanapatabendige Balahamy, 1927 SCC OnLine PC 51 (Privy Council), AIR 1927 PC 185,
  • Mohabbat Ali Khan v. Muhammad Ibrahim Khan, 1929 SCC OnLine PC 21, AIR 1929 PC 135
  • Badri Prasad v. Dy. Director of Consolidation (1978) 3 SCC 527,
  • S.P.S. Balasubramanyam v. Suruttayan (1994) 1 SCC 460,
  • Gokal Chand v. Parvin Kumari (1952) 1 SCC 713).
  • Tulsa v. Durghatiya, (2008) 4 SCC 520,
  • Madan Mohan Singh v. Rajni Kant,  (2010) 9 SCC 209,
  • Indra Sarma v. V.K.V. Sarma, (2013) 15 SCC 755,
  • Dhannulal v. Ganeshram, (2015) 12 SCC 301,
  • Kattukandi Edathil Krishnan Vs. Kattukandi Edathil Valsan,  (2022) 6 JT 195: (2022) 9 Scale 305.

Law will Presume Valid Marriage if Lived as MAN AND WIFE

In Andrahennedige Dinohamy v. Wijetunge Liyanapatabendige Balahamy 1927 SCC OnLine PC 51 the Privy Council observed as under:

  • “…..where a man and woman are proved to have lived together as man and wife, the law will presume, unless the contrary be clearly proved, that they were living together in consequence of a valid marriage and not in a state of concubinage. xxx xxx xxx
  • “The parties lived together for twenty years in the same house, and eight children were born to them. The husband during his life recognized, by affectionate provisions, his wife and children. The evidence of the Registrar of the District shows that for a long course of years the parties were recognized as married citizens, and even the family functions and ceremonies, such as, in particular, the reception of the relations and other guests in the family house by Don Andris and Balahamy as host and hostess—all such functions were conducted on the footing alone that they were man and wife. No evidence whatsoever is afforded of repudiation of this relation by husband or wife or anybody.”

The Privy Council held in Mohabbat Ali Khan v. Muhammad Ibrahim Khan 1929 SCC OnLine PC 21 , as under:

  • “….The law presumes in favour of marriage and against concubinage when a man and a woman have cohabited continuously for a number of years……”

Gokal Chand v. Parvin Kumari (1952) 1 SCC 713) is another decision to point out the presumption of marriage. It reads as under:

  • “……Continuous cohabitation of man and woman as husband and wife and their treatment as such for a number of years may raise the presumption of marriage, but the presumption which may be drawn from long cohabitation is rebuttable and if there are circumstances which weaken and destroy that presumption, the court cannot ignore them.”

In Tulsa v. Durghatiya,  [(2008) 4 SCC 520], Dr. Arijit Pasayat, P. Sathasivam,JJ. our Apex Court held:

  • “11. At this juncture reference may be made to Section 114 of the Evidence Act, 1872. The provision refers to common course of natural events, human conduct and private business. The court may presume the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have occurred. Reading the provisions of Sections 50 and 114 of the Evidence Act together, it is clear that the act of marriage can be presumed from the common course of natural events and the conduct of parties as they are borne out by the facts of a particular case.
  • 12. A number of judicial pronouncements have been made on this aspect of the matter. The Privy Council, on two occasions, considered the scope of the presumption that could be drawn as to the relationship of marriage between two persons living together. In first of them i.e. Andrahennedige Dinohamy v. Wijetunge Liyanapatabendige Balahamy. Their Lordships of the Privy Council laid down the general proposition that: (AIR p. 187)
  • “… where a man and woman are proved to have lived together as man and wife, the law will presume, unless the contrary be clearly proved, that they were living together in consequence of a valid marriage and not in a state of concubinage.”
  • 13. In Mohabbat Ali Khan v. Mohd. Ibrahim Khan Their Lordships of the Privy Council once again laid down that: (AIR p. 138)
  • “The law presumes in favour of marriage and against concubinage, when a man and a woman have cohabited continuously for a number of years.”
  • 14. It was held that such a presumption could be drawn under Section 114 of the Evidence Act.”

Section 50 of the Indian Evidence Act

  • 50. Opinion on relationship, when relevant.—When the Court has to form an opinion as to the relationship of one person to another, the opinion, expressed by conduct, as to the existence of such relationship, or any person who, as a member of the family or otherwise, has special means of knowledge on the subject, is a relevant fact:
  • Provided that such opinion shall not be sufficient to prove a marriage in proceedings under the Indian Divorce Act, 1869 (4 of 1869) or in prosecutions under section 494, 495, 497 or 498 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860). Illustrations
  • (a) The question is, whether A and B were married. The fact that they were usually received and treated by their friends as husband and wife, is relevant.
  • (b) The question is, whether A was the legitimate son of B. The fact that A was always treated as such by members of the family, is relevant.

In Challamma v. Tilaga (S.B. Sinha, Cyriac Joseph) (2009) 9 SCC 299, the Supreme Court, relying on  Tulsa Tulsa v. Durghatiya, (2008) 4 SCC 520, held that Such a presumption can be validly raised having regard to Section 50 of the Indian Evidence Act; and a heavy burden, thus, lies on the person who seeks to prove that no marriage has taken place. Section 50 of the Indian Evidence Act reads as under:

In Kattukandi Edathil Krishnan Vs. Kattukandi Edathil Valsan,  (2022) 6 JT 195: (2022) 9 Scale 305, our apex Court held as under:

  • “15. It is well settled that if a man and a woman live together for long years as husband and wife, there would be a presumption in favour of wedlock. Such a presumption could be drawn under Section 114 of the Evidence Act. Although, the presumption is rebuttable, a heavy burden lies on him who seek to deprive the relationship of legal origin to prove that no marriage took place.
  • 16. In Andrahennedige Dinohamy and Anr. v. Wijetunge Liyanapatabendige Balahamy and Ors. AIR 1927 PC 185, the Privy Council laid down the general proposition as under:
  • “…where a man and woman are proved to have lived together as man and wife, the law will presume, unless the contrary be clearly proved, that they were living together in consequence of a valid marriage and not in a state of concubinage.”
  • 17. In Mohabbat Ali Khan v. Mohd. Ibrahim Khan AIR 1929 PC 135, once again it was laid down by the Privy Council as under:
  • “The law presumes in favour of marriage and against concubinage, when a man and a woman have cohabited continuously for a number of years.”
  • 18. In Badri Prasad v. Dy. Director of Consolidation and Others (1978) 3 SCC 527, it was held by this Court that a strong presumption arises in favour of wedlock where two partners have lived together for long spell as husband and wife. Although the presumption is rebuttable, a heavy burden lies on him who seek to deprive the relationship of legal origin. Law leans in favour of legitimacy and frowns upon the bastardy.
  • 19. In S.P.S. Balasubramanyam v. Suruttayan alias Andali Padayachi and Others (1994) 1 SCC 460, this Court held as under:
  • “4. What has been settled by this Court is that if a man and woman live together for long years as husband and wife then a presumption arises in law of legality of marriage existing between the two. But the presumption is rebuttable. [See: Gokul Chand v. Parvin Kumari – AIR 1952 231 : 1952 SCR 825]”
  • 20. Similar view has been taken by this Court in
    • Tulsa v. Durghatiya (2008) 4 SCC 520;
    • Challamma v. Tilaga and Others (2009) 9 SCC 299;
    • Madan Mohan Singh v. Rajni Kant (2010) 9 SCC 209 and
    • Indra Sarma v. V.K.V. Sarma (2013) 15 SCC 755.”

Madan Mohan Singh & Ors vs Rajni Kant AIR 2010 SC 2933,  (2010) 9 SCC 209, is another case that considered this matter it is held as under:

  • “19. In S. Khushboo Vs. Kanniammal & Anr. (2010) 5 SCC 600, this Court, placing reliance upon its earlier decision in Lata Singh Vs. State of U.P. & Anr. AIR 2006 SC 2522, held that live-in-relationship is permissible only in unmarried major persons of heterogeneous sex.
  • 20. In S.P.S. Balasubramanyam Vs. Suruttayan @ Andali Padayachi & Ors. AIR 1992 SC 756, this Court held that if man and woman are living under the same roof and cohabiting for a number of years, there will be a presumption under Section 114 of the Evidence Act, that they live as husband and wife and the children born to them will not be illegitimate.
  • 21. The courts have consistently held that the law presumes in favour of marriage and against concubinage, when a man and woman have cohabited continuously for a number of years. However, such presumption can be rebutted by leading unimpeachable evidence.
    • (Vide: Mohabbat Ali Khan Vs. Mohd. Ibrahim Khan, AIR 1929 PC 135;
    • Gokalchand Vs.. Parvin Kumar, AIR 1952 SC 231;
    • S.P.S. Balasubramanyam Vs. Suruttayan, (1994) 1 SCC 460;
    • Ranganath Parmeshwar Vs. Eknath Gajanan Kulkarni, (1996) 7 SCC 681; and
    • Sobha Hymavathi Devi Vs. Setti Gangadhara Swamy (2005) 2 SCC 244).
  • 22. In view of the above, the kind of material placed by the appellants on record cannot be termed enough to disbelieve the claim of the respondents. ….. The live-in- relationship if continued for such a long time, cannot be termed in as “walk in and walk out” relationship and there is a presumption of marriage between them which the appellants failed to rebut.”

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLive’? Click here – How to Subscribe free 



Read in this cluster (Click on the topic):

Civil Suits: Procedure & Principles

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce/Marriage

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Admission Cannot Confer Title; Admission will not Lose Title, also.

Jojy George Koduvath

Abstract

  • Admission is the best evidence of a claim.
  • Sec. 58 of Evid. Act states – facts admitted need not be proved.
  • Title will not pass by a mere admission.
  • Title will not lose by an admission.
  • The title is to be established by producing the title deed.
  • Burden on plaintiff to Prove Title; Weakness of defence immaterial.

Introduction

In Shreedhar Govind Kamerkar v. Yesahwant Govind Kamerkar, 2006 (13) SCC 481, the Supreme Court has held as under:

  • “Admission, as is well known, is the best proof of a claim. Section 58 of the Evidence Act states that the facts admitted need not be proved“.

In Avtar Singh v. Gurdial Singh, 2006-2 SCC 552, the Supreme Court has held-

  • “Admission, it is well known, forms the best evidence. It may be that admission does not create any title, but the nature of the land can form subject-matter of admission”.

Admission by itself will Not Confer or Lose Title

In Canbank Financial Services Ltd. v. Custodian, AIR 2004 SC 5123, 2004 (8) SCC 355 (N. Santosh Hegde, S.B. Sinha, A.K. Mathur), it is held – admission of a party would not relinquish right/title.

In J. G. Sumam v. J. G. Vijayan, Thomas P. Joseph, J.(2013), Kerala High Court held that admission cannot confer or  extinguish title. Therefore, it was pointed out that merely because the plaintiff had claimed title and possession as per a deed would not precluded him from pleading that he got title and possession as per another  document

Admission by itself Cannot Confer Title to a property is well settled

Kerala High Court, in Kanhirakottil Mani v. Madhavi, 2017-1 KHC 854; 2017-2 KLT 585, it was observed as under:

  • “Principle that an admission by itself cannot confer title to a property is well settled. Section 17 of the Evidence Act defines “admission” and Section 18 of the said Act deals with admission by party to proceeding or his agent. Section 21 of the Evidence Act speaks about proof of admissions against persons making them, and by or on their behalf. Section 58 of the Evidence Act says that an admitted fact need not be proved. Although an admission is the best piece of evidence against the person making it, he can rebut the same. It is fundamental that admissions can be explained and proved to be erroneous.
  • 28. Supreme Court in Ambika Prasad Thakur v. Ram Ekbal Rai (AIR 1966 SC 605) has considered inter alia the effect of admission by a party in respect of title. It is held that title cannot pass by a mere admission. Principle that an admission by itself cannot confer title to property has been laid down by this Court also.”

The proposition admission by itself cannot confer title is made forcefully in the following decisions of the Supreme Court of India.

  • Union of India v. Ibrahim Uddin, 2012-8 SCC 148,
  • Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577,
  • Avtar Singh v. Gurdial Singh, (2006) 12 SCC 552,
  • Ambika Prasad Thakur v. Ram Ekbal Rai, AIR 1966 SC 605 (title cannot pass by a mere admission).

It is pointed out in all these decisions that only on the basis of an admission no person can be declared as owner of immovable property, which is required to be proved by positive evidence by the person claiming his title.

Avtar Singh v. Gurdial Singh, 2006 (12) SCC 552

  • “8. Admission, it is well know, forms the best evidence. It may be that admission does not create any title. But the nature of the land can form subject matter of admission.
  • 9. Section 58 of the Evidence Act postulates that things admitted need not be proved.
  • 10. It may be that in their Suit the respondents herein did not call for the records from the State or the local authorities to show that the land in question was a public street but keeping in view the fact that the appellants’ witnesses have admitted the said fact in their own Suit, we are of the opinion, the findings of fact arrived at by the First Appellate Court and affirmed by the High Court need not be interfered with.”

Title be Established by Title Deeds

A party to the suit has to establish the title to a property by producing its title deed. In Title declaration suits, survey plan & revenue records are less significant.

  • Elambilan Nani Amma v. Mulavana Antony (K. Babu, J.), 2023-7 KHC 418;
  • Laxkshmi B. v. Suku (A. Badharudeen, J.), 2024-1 KerHC 380.

Title is Not Proved by Revenue Entries

  • Vadiyala Prabhakar Rao v. The Government of Andhra Pradesh, 2026 INSC 450;
  • Gurunath Manohar Pavaskar v. Nagesh Siddappa Navalgund, (2007) 13 SCC 565;
  • State of A.P. v. Star Bone Mill & Fertiliser Co., (2013) 9 SCC 319; 
  • Suraj Bhan v. Financial Commissioner, (2007) 6 SCC 186; 
  • Jitendra Singh v. State of MP, 2021 SCC OnLine SC 802.

Burden on plaintiff to Prove Title; Weakness of defence would not enable a decree

  • though Court is also entitled to consider the rival title set up by the defendants.

It is a trite law that it is the plaintiff who has to prove his case by adducing evidence, in a suit for declaration of title, and weakness of the defendant’s case will not confer title to the plaintiff. In other words, the plaintiffs will be non-suited if they do not prove their title, even if a defendant fails to prove his title.

The Supreme Court in Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577, also held that although by an admission, title in immovable property cannot be created but an opinion can be formed in respect of the nature of the land, subject-matter of admission.

In Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577, it is observed –

  • In a recovery on title suit, the burden is on the plaintiff to establish title.
  • Court is also entitled to consider the rival title set up by the defendants.
  • Weakness of defence to establish title, would not enable plaintiff to a decree.

The Apex Court held:

  • “The suit is for recovery of possession on the strength of title. Obviously, the burden is on the plaintiff to establish that title. No doubt in appreciating the case of title set up by the plaintiff, the Court is also entitled to consider the rival title set up by the defendants. But the weakness of the defence or the failure of the defendants to establish the title set up by them, would not enable the plaintiff to a decree. There cannot be any demur to these propositions.”
  • “14. We find that the trial Court and the appellate Court were not justified in refusing the amendment of the plaint sought for by the plaintiff. No doubt there had been delay in seeking amendment but that delay could have been compensated by awarding costs to the contesting defendants 1 to 9. Therefore, we are satisfied that the amendment sought for by the plaintiff ought to have been allowed. We are inclined to allow the amendment sought for, since it would enable the Court to pin-pointedly consider the real dispute between the parties and would enable it to render a decision more satisfactorily to its conscience. We, therefore, allow the amendment as sought for by the plaintiff at a belated stage. The amendment will be carried out by the plaintiff in the trial Court within three months from this date as per the practice followed in the trial Court. Obviously defendants 1 to 9 would have an opportunity to file an additional written statement to the amended plaint. They will be entitled to file an additional written statement within a period of four months from the date of this judgment.”

Ram Pratap v. Purshottam@Lala Ram, 2017-2 AD(Del) 205; 2017-3 CivCC 164; 2017-237 DLT 708, held as under:

  • Inability of the respondent to prove his title, weakness, if any, in his defence, does not entitle the appellant/plaintiff to get a decree in his favour.”

In Riaz Fatma v. Director Department of Rehabilitation New Delhi, 1995-2 JCLR 233 (All), it is said as under:

  • “The failure of the petitioners to prove their title does not confer title on the respondents when they have been unable to prove their title, as pleaded by them.”

See also:

  • Baha Kartar Singh Bedi v. Dayal Das, AIR 1939 PC 201 (Referred to in: K. M. Paul v. K. Pradeep, ILR 2006-2 Ker 19),
  • Jagdish Narain v. Nawab Said Ahmed Khan, AIR 1946 PC 59 (Referred to in: Dinesh Jain v. Jeewanlal Lala, AIR 2013 MP 85)
  • Moran Mar Basselios Catholics v. Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR 1954 SC 526 (ejectment suit must succeed on the strength of Plaintiffs’ own title)
  • Heera Devi v. Official Assignee Bombay, AIR 1958 SC 448.
  • Moran Mar Basselios Catholicos v. The Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR  1959 SC 31 (referred to in: Paturu Sundaraiah v. Suri Ranganayakamma, AIR 2022 AP 71),
  • Brahmanand Puri v. Nek Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506.
  • Nagar Palika, Jind v. Jagat Singh, Advocate, (1995) 3 SCC 426.
  • Sayed Muhammed Mashur Kunhi Koya Thangal v. Badagara Jumayath Palli Dharas Committee, 2004-7 SCC 708.
  • Yamuna Nagar Improvement Trust v. Khairati Lal, (2005) 10 SCC 30.
  • Anil. Rishi vs. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558; City Municipal. Council, Bhalki Vs. Gurappa, (2016) 2 SCC 200),
  • Rangammal v. Kuppuswamy, (2011) 12 SCC 220
  • Union of India v. Vasavi Co-operative Housing Society Limited, (2014) 2 SCC 269,
  • Jagdish Prasad Patel v. Shivnath, (2019) 6 SCC 82.
  • Smriti Debbarma v. Prabha Ranjan Debbarma, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 9
  • P.  Kishore Kumar v. Vittal K.  Patkar, 2024-1 CTC 547; 2023-4 CurCC(SC) 278) 

Doctrine, High Degree of Probability in Religious-OfficeClaim

The aforestated strict principle as to burden of proof (as to title – burden is on the plaintiff) is definitely appropriate in case of a claim on religious office (ejecting one in office), as found in Moran Mar Basselios Catholics v. Most Rev. Mar Poulose Athanasius, AIR 1954 SC 526 (Malankara Metropolitan and other trustees) and Brahma Nand Puri v. Nelci Puri, 1965 AIR SC 1506; 1965-2 SCR 233 (Mahantship).

It is held in Brahma Nand Puri v. Nelci Puri, 1965 AIR SC 1506; 1965-2 SCR 233, as under:

  • “The plaintiffs suit being one for ejectment he has to succeed or fail on the title he established and if he cannot succeed on the strength of his title his suit must fail notwithstanding that the defendant in possession has no title to the property.”

High degree of Probability Shifts the Onus on the defendant

In R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548, the law is laid down in the following terms :

  • “A fact is said to be ‘proved’ when, if considering the matters before it, the Court either believes it to exist, or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of a particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists. It is the evaluation of the result drawn by applicability of the rule, which makes the difference. …”
  • In a suit for recovery of possession based on title it is for the plaintiff to prove his title and satisfy the court that he, in law, is entitled to dispossess the defendant from his possession over the suit property and for the possession to be restored to him. However, as held in A. Raghavamma v. A. Chenchamma there is an essential distinction between burden of proof and onus of proof: burden of proof lies upon a person who has to prove the fact and which never shifts. Onus of proof shifts. Such a shifting of onus is a continuous process in the evaluation of evidence. In our opinion, in a suit for possession based on title once the plaintiff has been able to create a high degree of probability so as to shift the onus on the defendant it is for the defendant to discharge his onus and in the absence thereof the burden of proof lying on the plaintiff shall be held to have been discharged so as to amount to proof of the plaintiff’s title.
  • In the present case, the trial Court and the first appellate Court have noted that the plaintiff has not been able to produce any deed of title directly lending support to his claim for title and at the same time the defendant too has no proof of his title much less even an insignia of title. Being a civil case, the plaintiff cannot be expected to proof his title beyond any reasonable doubt; a high degree of probability lending assurance of the availability of title with him would be enough to shift the onus on the defendant and if the defendant does not succeed in shifting back the onus, the plaintiff’s burden of proof can safely be deemed to have been discharged. In the opinion of the two Courts below, the plaintiff had succeeded in shifting the onus on the defendant and, therefore, the burden of proof which lay on the plaintiff had stood discharged. …”.
  • The suit property, which is a shop, is situated just adjoining the property owned by the temple. It has come in the evidence that the property which is now owned by the temple was at one time owned by the forefathers of the plaintiff and they made an endowment in favour of the temple. The father of the plaintiff, and then the plaintiff, continued to be the trustees. The trouble erupted when in the late sixties the Charity Commissioner appointed other trustees and Chief Executive Officer of the trust dislodging the plaintiff from trusteeship. The plaintiff staked his claim to trusteeship of the temple submitting that the office of the trustee of the temple was hereditary and belonged to the plaintiff. The plaintiff was managing the trust property as trustee while the property adjoining to the property of the temple, i.e. the suit property, was in possession of the plaintiff as owner occupied by the tenant, the defendant No.2., inducted as such by the father of the plaintiff. At the instance of the Chief Executive Officer of the trust, the defendant No.2, during the continuance of the tenancy in favour of the plaintiff, executed a rent note in favour of the temple attorning the latter as his landlord. This the defendant no.2 could not have done in view of the rule of estoppel as contained in Section 116 of the Evidence Act. It was at the instance of the newly appointed trustees and the Chief Executive Officer who on behalf of the temple started claiming the suit property in occupation of the tenant, defendant No.2, to be trust property belonging to the temple. But for this subsequent development the title of the plaintiff to the suit property would not have been in jeopardy and there would have been no occasion to file the present suit.
  • The learned counsel for the temple, defendant-respondent No.1, faintly urged that the appellant being a trustee of the temple was trying to misappropriate the property belonging to the temple. For such an insinuation there is neither any averment in the written statement nor any evidence laid. Such a submission made during the course of hearing has been noted by us only to be summarily rejected. We have already held that the appellant is the owner of the suit property entitled to its possession and recovery of arrears of rent from the defendant No.2.
  • … A high degree of preponderance of probability proving title to the suit property was raised in favour of the appellant and the courts below rightly concluded the burden of proof raised on the plaintiff having been discharged while the onus shifting on the defendant remaining undischarged. ..”
  • (Quoted in: Anil. Rishi vs. Gurbaksh Singh, (2006) 5 SCC 558; City Municipal. Council, Bhalki Vs. Gurappa, (2016) 2 SCC 200)

Initial burden and Weakness in the defence

Besides Ram Chandra Sakharam Mahajan Vs. Damodar Trimbak, AIR 2007 SC 2577, the Supreme Court of India, in Ratnagiri Nagar Parishad v. Gangaram Narayan Ambekar, (2020) 7 SCC 275, held as under:

  • “The initial burden of proof is on the plaintiffs to substantiate his cause, if he failed to discharge the same, the weakness in the defense cannot be the basis to grant relief to the plaintiffs and burden cannot be shifted on the defendants.”

Burden of Proof Loses Significance

Burden of proof loses its importance –

  • if both parties adduced evidence
  • if there is sufficient evidence on an issue.

In such a situation, it remains academic:

  • Chidambara Sivaprakasa Pandara Sannadhigal v. Veerama Reddi, 49 IA 286 303: AIR 1922 PC 292 (referred to in Seturatnam Aiyar v. Venkatachala Gounden, (1919)   47 IA 76, and Kumbham Lakshmanna v. Tangirala Venkateswarlu, AIR 1949 PC 278);
  • Sushil Kumar v. Rakesh Kumar, (2003) 8 SCC 673,
  • Raghunathi v. Raju Ramappa Shetty, AIR 1991 SC 1040;
  • Mohd.  Abdullah Azam Khan Vs. Nawab Kazim Ali Khan,(1976) 3 SCC 32

Withholding Documents

In the important decision, Gopal Krishnaji Ketkar v.  Mahomed Haji Latif, AIR 1968 SC 1413, it is held as under:

  • “Even if a party to the suit has no burden, the Court can draw an adverse inference if he withholds important documents in his possession.”

In National Insurance Co. Ltd., New Delhi Vs. Jugal Kishore, 1988-1 SCC 626, Our Apex Court stated the law as under:

  • “This Court has consistently emphasized that it is the duty of the party which is in possession of a document which would be helpful in doing justice in the cause to produce the said document and such party should not be permitted to take shelter behind the abstract doctrine of burden of proof.” (quoted in: Sushil Kumar v. Rakesh Kumar, (2003) 8 SCC 673)

Admission Contained in Pleadings and that in Evidentiary Admissions

An admission made by a party to a suit in an earlier proceeding is admissible against him.

In Ammini Tharakan v. Lilly Jacob (7 Oct 2013) the Kerala High Court held that admission contained in a plaint or written statement or in an affidavit or sworn deposition by a party in a previous litigation would be regarded as an admission in a subsequent action. It can be explained by the maker thereof, unless thereis no estoppel (Sec. 31, Evi. Act). Such an admission is a relevant fact. The courts can arrive at a decision on the basis of the admissions. See:

  • Thimmappa Rai v. Ramanna Rai, (2007) 14 SCC 63 .
  • Deb Prosanna v. Hari Kison, AIR 1937 Cal. 515 ,
  • Chendikamba v. Viswanathamayya, AIR 1939 Mad 446 ,
  • Lal Singh v. Guru Granth Sahib, AIR(38) 1951 Pep 101,  and
  • Mst. Ulfat v. Zubaida Khatoon, AIR 1955 All. 361.

In Ammini Tharakan v. Lilly Jacob (7 Oct 2013) it is observed that Section 17 of the Evidence Act says that a document or a statement which suggests any inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact, is an admission. It was pointed out in this decisions as under:

  • Admissions in pleadings are governed under Section 58 Evidence Act.
  • Section 31 of the Evidence Act, says as to evidentiary admissions.
  • There is distinction between the two.
  • The evidentiary admissions are merely relevant and not conclusive unless they operate as estoppel.
  • An admission by a party in a previous suit is admissible in evidence in a subsequent suit.
  • The burden is upon the party making it to show that it was wrong on the principle that what a party himself admits to be true may reasonably be presumed to be so, though the party making the admission may give evidence to rebut this presumption.
  • Unless and until that is satisfactorily done, the fact admitted must be taken to be established.
  • This is true notwithstanding the fact that the statement which amounts to an admission was not put to the party making it, when that person came into the witness box.

The High Court further held as under in Ammini Tharakan v. Lilly Jacob (7 Oct 2013) –

  • “Here, the plaintiff, who was a defendant in Lucy’s suit, had filed Ext.B10 written statement through her power of attorney holder and mother Martha. That written statement contained the clear stand that neither Lucy nor the plaintiff herein had any share in any of the assets forming the estate of late David Tharakan. This statement which amounts to an admission as to a particular state of affairs, has not been explained by the plaintiff either in the plaint or at any point of time in any manner worthy of being accepted as a rebuttal. While it is the law that admission does not confer title, what we treat as admissions here is demonstrative of the plaintiff’s animus in re inheritance to her father’s estate. We proceed to discuss that aspect further in the succeeding paragraph.”

False recital in a document as to pre-existing rights

False recital in a document as to pre-existing rights in a person (who had no such right) would not convey any right in the property to him. The Supreme Court, in Neelakantan Damodaran Namboothiri v. Velayudhan Pillai Narayana Pillai, AIR 1958 SC 832, it is held as under:

  • “It is stated in exhibit A that, by reason of sarva-swadanam marriage, the appellants were entitled to all moveable and immovable properties belonging to Kopprathu Illom and therefore she was executing the release deed conferring all the rights and claims they have obtained over the Illom properties by the sarvaswadanam form of marriage. The document, therefore, in terms confirms the pre-existing rights of the appellants and as we hold that they had no pre-existing rights, the document did not convey any interest to them. In the result, the appeals fail and are dismissed with cost.”
  • Also: Chandra Gopi v. U. K. Gopalakrishnan, 2013-1 KHC 174
  • Sarojini v. Santha Trading Co., 1969 KHC 94 : 1969 KLT 412 : 1968 KLJ 475.

Mutation by itself will Not Confer or Extinguish Title

In Moideen v. Village Officer, 9 January, 2019(Alexander Thomas, J) Kerala High Court repeated the above view as under:

  • “It is further made clear that grant of mutation, transfer of registry and acceptance of basic land tax by itself will not confer or extinguish title to the parties concerned as clarified in Rule 16 of the Transfer of Registry Rules. Rule 16 of the Transfer Registry Rules envisages that summary enquiry and decision thereon envisaged under those rule is only an arrangement for fiscal purposes and does not affect the legal rights of any person in respect of the lands covered by the decisions in transfer of registry cases and the prescribed legal rights is always subject to adjudication by Civil Court and pattas will be revised from time to time in accordance with such judicial decisions. Accordingly, it is ordered that the grant of mutation, transfer of registry and acceptance of the basic land tax solely in the name of the petitioner will be subject to further revision due to any subsequent judicial verdicts as envisaged in Rule 16 of the Transfer of Registry Rules and in case the 3rd respondent gets any verdicts in his favour in the said civil suit now pending before the Munsiff Court, Manjeri, then it will be open to him to seek revision of the mutation granted in favour of the petitioner, as envisaged in Rule 16 of the Transfer of Registry Rules.”

Petitioner to Prove claim (Lease); cannot rely Inconsistencies of Respondents

In OT Alexander v. State of Kerala, LAWS (KER) 2021-5. 23, High Court of Kerala (N. Nagaresh, J.) did not accept the argument of the petitioner in the Writ Petition, against the Government Order for resumption of the land, for the absence of materials to establish the lease of 1933 claimed by the Petitioner.  The prime contention of the petitioner was that the land was originally granted to the predecessors-in-interest of the petitioner, under Ground Rent Patta by erstwhile Collector of South Malabar District during the British regime in 1933; and that Land assigned under Ground Rent Patta could not be resumed by the Government.

The petitioner claimed that the transferees of the original leasee sold their right to a bank. The Bank (State Bank of Travancore) sold the property to a Company in 1995. The petitioner purchased the property from the Company as per the Sale Deed of the year 2004. The petitioner has been paying property tax to the Cochin Corporation. The action for resumption of land by the District Collector was on the ground that the sale deed between SBT and the Company was illegal. Pointing out that the petitioner cannot base his claim on inconsistencies of the respondents, the High Court did not accept the arguments against the resumption of land by the Collector.

Admission as to Title in Pleadings Holds Good u/S. 58, Evid. Act

In Heeralal vs. Kalyan Mal, AIR 1988 SC 618, a suit for partition the defendants in their written statement admitted that some properties were joint. Thereafter amendment of written statement was sought claiming some to be their exclusive properties. On the basis of the said admission a preliminary decree could have been passed. The Supreme Court held that the defendants could not be allowed to amend their written statement.  

In Avtar Singh v. Gurdial Singh, (2006) 12 SCC 552, the question arose whether the appellants had encroached upon a public street. The Trial and Appellate Court held that the land in question was part of a public street and encroached upon by the appellants. The aforesaid finding was approved by the Supreme Court on the ground that the appellants have themselves admitted that a part of the land in question was included in a public street. It was observed by the Supreme Court as under:

  • “Admission, it is well known, forms the best evidence, it may be that admission does nor create any title, but the nature of the kind can form subject matter of admission. Section 58 of the Evidence Act postulates that things admitted need not be proved. It may be that in their Suit the respondents herein did not call for the records from the State or the local authorities to show that the land in question was a public street but keeping in view the fact that the appellants’ witnesses have admitted the said fact in their own Suit, we are of the opinion, the findings of fact arrived at by the First Appellate Court and affirmed by the High Court, need not be interfered with.”

Admission in pleading and admission in a document

In Gautam Sarup v. Leela Jetly, (2008) 7 SCC 85, our Apex Court held as under:

  • “14. An admission made in a pleading is not to be treated in the same manner as an admission in a document. An admission made by a party to the lis is admissible against him proprio vigore. ” (Quoted in: Seth Ramdayal Jat v. Laxmi Prasad, AIR 2009  SC 2463; 2009-11 SCC 545)

See also: Ranganayakamma and Another v. K. S. Prakash, 2008 (9) SCALE 144.

Document ex-facie reveals no title – specific declaration as to invalidity not necessary

The Supreme Court held in Kizhakke Vattakandiyil Madhavan v. Thiyyurkunnath Meethal Janaki (Aniruddha Bose & Sudhanshu DhuliaJJ.) 9.4.2024, held as under:

  • “18. …. If a document seeking to convey immovable property ex-facie reveals that the conveyer does not have the title over the same, specific declaration that the document is invalid would not be necessary. The Court can examine the title in the event any party to the proceeding sets up this defence. Chiruthey could not convey any property over which she did not have any right or title. Her right, if any, would stem from the second deed of lease (Exhibit A-1). We are conscious of the fact that no claim was made before any forum for invalidating the deed dated 14th July 1910 (Exhibit A-20).”

By proving a deed, title of the executing person is not automatically confirmed

The Supreme Court held in Kizhakke Vattakandiyil Madhavan v. Thiyyurkunnath Meethal Janaki (Aniruddha Bose & Sudhanshu DhuliaJJ.) 9.4.2024, also held as under:

  • “18. … It would be trite to repeat that even if subsistence of a deed is proved in evidence, the title of the executing person (in this case Chiruthey) does not automatically stand confirmed. ….. … But in absence of proper title over the subject property, that lease deed even if she was its sole lessor would not have had been legally valid or enforceable. If right, title or interest in certain property is sought conveyed by a person by an instrument who herself does not possess any such form of entitlement on the subject being conveyed, even with a subsisting deed of conveyance on such property, the grantee on her successors-in-interest will not have legal right to enforce the right the latter may have derived from such an instrument.”

Admission on Title and Possession in an Injunction Suit

In Ekadashia Sahu v. Harekrushna Sahu , 20 May 2024 (A.C. Behera, J.), 2024 Supreme(Ori) 4, held as under:

  • “The contesting defendants have admitted to the title and possession of the plaintiffs over the suit properties during the trial of the suit through the evidence of the defendant no.4 (D.W.1).
  • Because, the defendant no.4 (D.W.1) has deposed in his evidence by stating that,
  • ‘Jujesti (Plaintiff no.1) was possessing Bhogra lands, which were converted into rayati lands in his name and the Bhogra lands of plaintiff nos.2, 3 and 4 were also converted into rayati lands in their names. There had been complete partition between Sugri and his brothers and each party possessed his separate share. Holding No.2 belong to Kairu. Holding Nos.3 and 4 belong to Kairu and Markanda, whereas holding No.5 belong to Bhuban in the 3rd settlement and the parties had no interest in the holding of others and each party possessed his own share of lands allotted to him.’
  • On this aspect, the propositions of law has already been clarified by the Hon’ble Courts and the Apex Court in the ratio of the following decisions:-
  • (i) 2018(1)CLR-862 : Jyotiprava Das vrs. Nityananda Swain and others-Specific Relief Act, 1963-Section-38-Suit for permanent injunction when defendant refuted title of the plaintiff-Maintainability-When plaintiff’s title is not in dispute or under cloud, evidence of plaintiff about possession appears to be more reasonable than the evidence of defendants-Suit for permanent injunction simplicitor is maintainable.
  • (ii) 2021(1) CCC- 155(S.C.) : A. Subramanian and another vrs. R. Pannerselvam-Specific Relief Act, 1963-Sections 37 and 38-Suit for injunction-When the plaintiff has proved his right over property as well as possession over suit property, he is entitled for decree of injunction.
  • (iii) 2019(II) CLR-632 : Nityananda Pattnaik(Dead) through LRs and others vrs. Smt. Bisakha Dei-Specific Relief Act, 1963-Section 38-Suit for injunction without declaration of title-When the title of the plaintiff is not under a cloud of suspicion, simple suit for permanent injunction is maintainable.
  • (iv) 2022(2) CCC-131 (Karnakata) : Chennaiah @ Doddachennaiah Since Deceased By His Lrs. And Anr. vrs. Bylappa, Since Dead By Lrs. And Ors.-Specific Relief Act, 1963-Section-38-Suit for permanent injunction simplicitor-Its maintainability-Where a plaintiff is in lawful or peaceful possession of property and his possession is threatened, suit for injunction simplicitor would lie-Prayer for declaration would be necessary only if there is a cloud cast on the title of the plaintiff.
  • (v) 2022(4) CCC(S.C.)-158 : Sukhbiri Devi and others vrs. Union of India and others-Indian Evidence Act, 1872- Sections 17, 18 and 58-Admission-Admission made by a party in his pleading is admissible against him proprio vigore-Indian Evidence Act, 1872-Sections 17, 18 and 58-Statements by a party in a proceedings are admissions. Facts admitted need not be proved. (Paras- 16 and 17)
  • (vi) AIR 2012 S.C.-3320 : Ahmedsaheb (dead) by LRs. and others vrs. Sayed Ismail-Indian Evidence Act, 1872- Sections 17 and 18-An admission of a party in the proceedings either in the pleadings or oral is the best evidence and the same does not need any further corroboration.
  • (vii) 2009(2) Apex Court Judgments-673(S.C.): Bhuwan Singh vrs. M/s. Oriental Insurance Company Ltd.-Evidence Act, 1972.-Section 58.-Facts admitted need not be proved.
  • (viii) 2006(2) OLR-458, 2006(2) CLR-348: Tarini Kanta Giri vrs. Bhajananda Giri and others-Indian Evidence Act, 1872-Facts admitted by a party need not be proved. (Para-3)
  • (ix) III(2007) CLT-49(S.C.) : M. Venkataramana Hhebbar. vrs. M. Rajagopal Bebbar-Evidence-Facts admitted in terms of Section 58 Evidence Act, need not be proved.(Para-12)
  • (x) 2015(2) CCC-414 (A.P.): Parasagani Venkaiah and another vrs. Pandi Prasad and others-Evidence Act, 1872.- Sections 17, 18 and 58.-When facts admitted by respondents (defendants)-No need to prove same.
  • (xi) 2015(3) Civil Law Times-185 (Gauhati) : Dwaraka Prasad Agarwalla vrs. Legal Heirs of Nil Kamal Bezba Ruah and others-Indian Evidence Act, 1872- (para-21)-An admission of facts is best evidence, that can be gainfully pressed into service by opposite side.
  • (xii) AIR 1966 Orissa-98 : Purna Chandra Das vrs. Chandramani Dibya and others-A party would be bound on its admission.
  • (xiii) 48(1979) CLT-Notes-105 : Sridhar Kantha vrs. Sarojini Devi and others-(A.H. O. No.73, 1975-Decided on 23rd July, 1979-[R.N. Misra & P.K. Mohanty, JJ.)- Judgment delivered by R.N. Misra, J.). Evidence Act, 1872-Section-18-Admission-It is a good piece of evidence against the person made it-That party would be bound by its admission.
  • (xiv) 2004(1) MPLJ-225 : Awadh Bihari Asati and others vrs. Shyam Bihari Asati and others-Indian Evidence Act, 1872-Sections 17 and 18-Admissions made by a party is a best evidence, on which, other party can rely upon.
  • (xv) 2023(1) CCC (Kolkota)-99 : Bhargav Chatterjee and another vrs. Infinity and Associates and another-Admission of a party in proceeding is the best evidence and same does not need any further corroboration..”

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLive’? Click here – How to Subscribe free 



Read in this cluster (Click on the topic):

Civil Suits: Procedure & Principles

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Plantation Exemption in Kerala Land Reforms Act–in a Nutshell

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

Key Takeaways

  • Provisions of Chapter II of the KLR Act, that gives ‘fixity’ to tenants will apply to all plantations below 30 acres (plantation put-up by tenant or by landlord).
  • ‘Plantation-tenancy’ lands (That is, plantation put-up by land-lord; or, Plantation existed when land was leased) exceeding 30 acres are also exempted from Chapter II KLR Act. Therefore, provisions in the Lease deeds applicable, applies to termination of tenancy.
  • Provisions of Chapter II, that gives ‘fixity’ to tenants will apply to all plantations exceeding 30 acres (if the plantation is put-up by tenant).
  • Government Lands, are also exempted from Chapter II KLR Act (Chapter II grants Fixity, Purchase- Certificate etc.). Therefore, provisions in the Grant or Lease deeds applicable, applies to termination of grant/tenancy.
  • Landlord can recover possession of ‘plantation-tenancy-lands’ (plantation put-up by land-lord) above 30 acres, from the tenant, on the strength of lease deed; because it is exempted under Chapter II that gives protection to tenant (Fixity, Purchase- Certificate etc.).
  • All such Plantation (tenancy) lands (put-up by tenant or by landlord) vest in Govt. under Sec. 72.
  • Provisions of Chapter III of the KLR Act that says as to ‘Ceiling Limit’, its ‘Exemption’ etc. do not apply to (i) Government Lands (not Govt.-lease lands), (ii) plantations etc.
  • Landlord cannot recover possession of ‘plantation lands’ (where Tenant made plantation on bare land leased) above 30 acre from the tenant; because it falls under Chapter II that gives protection to tenant (Fixity, Purchase- Certificate etc.).

Plantation Exemption Benefits in Government-Lease Lands

  • Chapter III of the Kerala Land Reforms Act prescribes ceiling limits subject to exemptions enumerated in Section 81, including the exemption for plantations under Section 81(1)(e). While Section 81(1)(a), in its main part, excludes Government-owned lands from the operation of Chapter III—thereby rendering both the ceiling provisions and the plantation exemption inapplicable to such lands—the proviso to that clause expressly withdraws this exclusion in cases where Government lands are held under lease. The proviso operates only to nullify the exemption under Section 81(1)(a) and does not curtail the independent plantation exemption under Section 81(1)(e). Consequently, Government-owned lands held on lease must be tested under the remaining clauses of Section 81, and where such lands constitute plantations, they continue to enjoy exemption from the ceiling provisions, unaffected by the negative operation of Section 81(1)(a).

PART I

Provisions relating to ‘Tenancy’ and ‘Exemption from Ceiling Limit’ of Plantations are dealt with in Chapter II and III of the KLR Act.

Chapter II – Deals with Tenancies

Chapter II (Sections 3 to 80G) of the KLR Act speaks about ‘Provisions Regarding Tenancies’.

It deals, among other things, with:

  • ‘fixity’ (to tenants),
  • vesting of property in Govt.,
  • purchase of landlord’s rights by cultivating tenants,
  • issuance of ‘certificate of purchase’,
  • rights and liabilities of Kudikidappukars.

Exemption from ‘Fixity’ in Chapter II

The Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1963 confers upon tenants fixity of tenure, that is, a right of permanency to continue as tenants in privately leased lands; nevertheless, the statute expressly excludes the operation of this right in relation to certain specified classes of land.

Sec. 3(1) says that nothing in Chapter II shall apply to:

  • leases-lands
    • belonging to or vested in the Government,
    • Leases-of private forests,
    • tenancies of plantations exceeding 30 acres, etc.

Govt. Lands (Come under Land Assignment Act)

In Neelakantan v. District Collector, Quilon, 1976 Ker LT 489 (while dealing with Viruthi holding), it is pointed out as under:

  • “Sec. 3 of the Kerala Land Reforms Act exempts lands belonging to or vested in the Government from the operation of the tenancy provisions of the Act.
  • ‘Land belonging to or vested in the Government’ shall have, by virtue of Explanation I to S.3(1) of Act I of 1964, the same meaning as Government land under sub-section (1) of Sec. 2 of the Kerala Government land Assignment Act, 1960.
  • Sub-section (1) of S. 2 of the land Assignment Act defines Government land to include all lands wherever situated except in so far as the same are
  • the properties of jenmies or holders of inams, or
  • holders of land subject to the payment of land revenue to the Government or of any registered holder of the land in proprietary right.”

Chapter III – Deals with Ceiling Limit and Exemptions

Chaptr III (Sections 81 to 98A) of the KLR Act deals with ‘Restriction on Ownership and Possession of Land in Excess of Ceiling Area and Disposal of Excess Lands’.

  • Among other things, it procures provisions as to:
    • ceiling limit,
    • exemptions from ceiling limit,
    • filing ceiling return,
    • determining extent to be surrendered,
    • surrender,
    • taking possession by TLB,
    • effect of conversion of exempted land.

Exemption from Ceiling Limit

Sec. 81(1) says that the provisions of Chapter III shall not apply to –

  • lands owned or held by the Government
    • But, provisions of Chapter III shall apply to Government- lease-lands also, by virtue of the Proviso to sub-section (1)(a) of Sec. 81). The Proviso reads as under:
    • “Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease whether current or time expired or otherwise.”
  • private forests, 
  • plantations, etc.
  • Note: 1. Section 81(1) creates exemptions from Chapter III (ceiling provisions). Section 81(1)—that grants exemption to the ceiling limit—is not made applicable (“shall not apply”) to Government lands from the provisions of Chapter III.
  • The Proviso says as under: 
    • “Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease whether current or time expired or otherwise.”
  • Section 81(1), by itself, stands as a bar to availing the benefits (on ceiling exemption) to plantations in Government lands. But, the “exemption” in the Proviso makes it clearthe bar in Section 81(1) “does not apply” (to the tenants on) the lease-lands owned by the Government. Therefore, the benefits of ‘plantation-exemption’ apply to the Government-owned-lease-lands.
  • 2. The effect of Chapter III, on the following classes of the tenants is that they are liable to pay ‘rent’ to the Government in terms of Section 72F(h).
    • (i) tenants of the erstwhile private landowners falling under Sections 13 (fixity of tenure) and 72 (vesting in Government).
    • (ii) tenants of the Government—because the Land Reforms Act does not make any change to the liability to pay rent.
  • The effect of Chapter III on Government-lease-lands and on the lands that fall under Section 13 (Fixity) and 72 (vest in Government) is that the tenants (both Government’s tenants and the erstwhile Private landholders’ tenants) have to pay ‘rent‘ to the Government under Sec. 72F(h).
  • 3. Section 81(4)permits use of the land not exceeding 5% of the extent of such holding for floriculture, dairy farms, hotels, restaurants, etc.
  • 4. Under Sec. 112 (5A) of the KLR Act, on acquisition, the cultivating tenants are entitled to compensation for improvements (only) for the land vested in the Government under Sec. 72.
    Sec. 112 (5A)(a) says that the compensation for any building or other improvements belonging to the landowner shall be awarded to the Government; and clause (b) says that the balance remaining after deducting the compensation referred to in clause (a) and the value of the land occupied by the homestead or hut, if any, shall be apportioned between the cultivating tenant and the Government in proportion to the profits derivable by them from the land.

PART II

Chapter II – Provisions Regarding Tenancies

S. 3(1)(viii)

  • “3. Exemptions – (1) Nothing in this Chapter shall apply to -…. ….
    • (viii) Tenancies of plantations exceeding 30 acres.
      • “Provided that the provisions of this chapter, other than sections 53 to 72S, shall apply to tenancies in respect of agricultural lands which are treated as plantations under sub clause (c) of clause (44) of Section 2”.

Sec. 2(44)(c)

  • agricultural lands interspersed within the boundaries of the area cultivated by the said person with plantation crops, not exceeding such extent as may be determined by the Land Board [or the Taluk Land Board, as the case may be] as necessary for the protection and efficient management of such cultivation.”

Analysis of Exemption under S. 3(1)(viii)

  • If tenant raised plantation on bare land leased –
  • Such tenants are not excluded (from Chapter II) by the ‘Exemption’ clause under S. 3(1)(viii).
    • Therefore, tenants of such tenancy-land are entitled for benefits under Chapter II such as
      • Fixity under Sec. 13,
      • purchase certificate within ceiling limit etc.
    • Such lands vest in Govt. under Sec. 72 also.

S. 3(1)(viii) deals with Exemption of ‘Plantation-Tenancy’ (plantation, developed by the landlord), above 30 acres.

  • To exclude a plantation (from the benefits under Chapter II offered to Tenants)under S. 3(1)(viii), it should have been a plantation when it was leased;
    • that is, such land, above 30 acres, must have been developed as plantation by the landlord.
  • S. 3(1)(viii), exempt from Chapter II –
    • plantation-tenancy (plantation developed by the landlord) above 30 acres.
  • That is, if tenant has raised plantation on bare land leased, it is not excluded (from the benefits under Chapter II offered to Tenants) by the Exemption under S. 3(1)(viii).
    • Such tenants (who put up plantation on the bare land) have the rights and benefits provided under Chapter II – such as
      • fixity under Sec. 13 and
      • vesting in Government under Sec. 72
      • (But not purchase certificate under Sec. 72B, for it is not allowable above ceiling limit.)
      • Note: No rider to Sec. 72B and 72C, by way of proviso or otherwise, exempting plantation.

S. 3(1)(viii) provides benefit (fixity under Sec. 13) to

  • plantation-tenancy below 30 acres (because what is exempted from benefits of fixity is Plantation-Tenancies exceeding 30 acres).
  • See: Rev. Fr. Jerome Fernandes Vs. Be Be Rubber Estate, 1972 KLT 613; Poddar Plan. Ltd v. Thekkemariveettil Madhavi Amma, 2014 1 ILR(Ker) 813; 2013 4 KLJ 781; 2014 1 KLT 439 .
  • Therefore:
    • Contract applies to termination of tenancy, above 30 acre plantation–tenancy (land must have been a plantation when it was leased).
    • Land lord is entitled Sec. 81 exemption over such plantation.

Fixity, Vesting in Govt. and Purchase Certificate:

  • Sec. 13 says every tenant has fixity. But, holdings held by cultivating tenants alone will vest in Govt., under Section 72(1).
  • Sec. 72 provides for automatic vesting of leasehold properties held by ‘cultivating tenants’ in Govt.  ILR 2010(2) Ker. 845. 
  • Sec. 72K provides that LT shall issue purchase certificate.  It shall be conclusive proof of assignment.
  • Assignment of Purchase certificate
    • Sec. 72B provides for cultivating tenant’s rights to get assignment  – purchase certificate (through LT) – within ceiling area. [Tenant is “obliged to apply” for it within 2 years from 1-1-1970. Effect of not applying for assignment, See: Balanoor Plantations & Industries Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2018(3) KLT 283. This decision also says that tenants having ‘no bona fide claim’ as to cultivating-tenancy has ‘no vested right to continue’.]
    • Sec. 72 C provides for suo moto action by LT. (No time limit,)
    • The tenant who opts to avail benefits of plantation-exemption, under Sec. 81, cannot seek fragmentation (Sec. 87, Explanation II) of the plantation land so as to obtain purchase-certificate (under Sec. 72A, 72B or 72C) within ceiling limit. Still, he stands as a cultivating tenant, “entitled to assignment” of the right under Sec. 72B. As shown elsewhere, there is an option for the tenant – either to obtain purchase-certificate or to avail plantation-exemption.
  • Rule 5 of the Vesting & Assignment Rules provides – LT may suo moto – notwithstanding no application – assign to cultivating tenant. (See  S.72C also). 

Chapter III – Excess, Ceiling Return, SurrenderExemption Etc.

Section 81:

S. 81, the first Section in Chapter III deals with exemption from ceiling limit of plantation, industrial land, etc. Sec. 81(1)(e) reads as under:

  • Exemptions: (1) The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to–
    • (a) lands owned or held by the Government ….
    • …… ……
    • (e) plantations;
    • …………”
  • Note: Provisions of Chapter III shall apply to Government- lease-lands also, by virtue of the Proviso to sub-section (1)(a) of Sec. 81). The Proviso reads as under:
  • “Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease whether current or time expired or otherwise.”

Section 82 & 83:

S. 82 & 83 deal with ceiling area and bars holding land excess of ceiling fixed. Sec. 82 reads as under:

  • 82. Ceiling area. – [(1) The ceiling area of land shall be,
  • (a) in the case of an adult unmarried person or a family consisting of a sole surviving member, five standard acres, so however that the ceiling area shall riot be less than six and more than seven arid a half acre in extent;
  • (b) in the case of a family consisting of two or more, but not more than five members, ten standard acres, so however that the ceiling area shall not be less than twelve and more than fifteen acres in extent.
  • (c) in the case of a family consisting of more than five members, ten standard acres increased by one standard acre for each member M excess of five, so however that the ceiling area shall not he less than twelve and more than twenty acres in extent; and
  • (d) in the case of any other person, other than a joint family, ten standard acres, so however that the ceiling are shall not be less than twelve and more than fifteen acres in extent.]

Section 83

Sec. 83 reads as under:

  • “83. No person to hold land in excess of the ceiling area. With effect from such dates as may be notified by the Government in the Gazette, no person shall be entitled to own or hold or to possess under a mortgage lands in the aggregate in excess of the ceiling area.”

Section 85(1) reads as under:

  • 85. Surrender of excess land. (1) Where a person owns or holds land excess of the ceiling area on the date notified under Section 83, such excess land shall be surrendered as hereinafter provided: …. ….”

Section 2 (3) defines ceiling area as under:

  • “Ceiling area” means the extent of land specified in section 82 as the ceiling area”.

Plantation: Definition

  • “S.2.(44)” plantation” means any land used by a person principally for the cultivation of tea, coffee, cocoa, rubber, cardamom or cinnamon (hereinafter in this clause referred to as ‘plantation crops’) and includes.-
    • (a) land used by the said person for any purpose ancillary to the cultivation of plantation crops or for the preparation of the same for the market;
    • [(b) xxxx]
    • (c) agricultural lands interspersed within the boundaries of the area cultivated by the said person with plantation crops, not exceeding such extent as may be determined by the Land Board [or the Taluk land Board, as the case may be] as necessary for the protection and efficient management of such cultivation.
  • Explanation:- Lands used for the construction of office buildings, godowns, factories quarters for workmen, hospitals, schools and play grounds shall be deemed to be lands used for the purposes of sub-clause (a).

Relevant Provisions: Excess, Ceiling Return, SurrenderExemption Etc.

  • Sec. 85 (1) provides for Surrender excess.
  • Sec. 85 (2) provides – Owners and Tenants of plantation (who owns or hold properties) should furnish statement (ceiling return) to Land Board before March 31, 1971, before the Land Board (including lands exempted under S. 81).
  • Sec. 85 (3) provides – Excess shall be surrendered.
  • Sec. 85 (5) provides – LAND BOARD shall DETERMINE – extend to be surrendered
  • Sec. 85 (7) provides – Whereon a person fails to file statement (ceiling return) under 85(2), LAND BOARD shall intimate Taluk Land Board (TLB), TLB shall determine land to be surrendered.
    • “The statute prescribes liability on the person who owes or hold the land in excess of the ceiling limit and if such a person fails to file the statement in accordance with law, the Board is enjoined to proceed against such person.” State of Kerala Vs. Varkey Mathew, AIR 1996 SC 1009.
    • [TLB not to do, suo motu, without direction from LB. State Of Kerala Vs Idiculla, 1980 KLT 120, referred to Shircy, J. in One Earth One Live Vs. State of Kerala, 2019(1) KLT 985.]
    • The effect of not filing ceiling return can be equated to ‘not applying for assignment’ of purchase certificate, See: Balanoor Plantations & Industries Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2018(3) KLT 283.
  • Sec. 85A provides – File ceiling return/statement within March  2, 1973 before Land Board.
  • Sec. 86(1) provides – On determination of the extent to be surrendered (by LB) under S. 85- Excess vests in Govt. and Taluk Land Board shall issue an order accordingly.
    • Title to the property is not decided by the Taluk Land Board (TLB) : Harikumar v. State of Kerala, 2013 (2) KLT 44 (Para 9) Jagadeesachandran Nair v. Mamomohanan Pandarathil, 2013 (4) KLT 584 (para 11); Both decisions were referred to in Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, Represented By The Chief Secretary, 2018-2 KHC 719; 2018-2 KLT 369 (para 54).
  • Sec. 86(3) provides – Where any person fails to surrender as demanded, the TLB may order an officer to take possession.
  • Sec. 86(4) provides – Where any land, vests in the Govt, under s. 86(1) (including that of cultivating tenant) the ownership of such land shall vest in the Govt.
  • Sec. 86(6) provides – Nothing applies to property of Govt. under KLC Act.
  • Sec. 87 Exp. II  provides – If CONVERTED TO ANY OTHER CLASS and the person owns excess of ceiling area – the excess shall be deemed to be land acquired.
  • Sec. 87(1A) provides – Person referred to above (transferee) also should file statement (Return).

See note below: ‘No Total Prohibition in using Exempted Land for a Different Purpose

PART III

PLANTATION– Analysis of S. 81, 82 and 83

CHAPTER III of the KLR Act deals with Ceiling Area and Excess Lands.

Sec. 81 provides for ‘Exemptions’. Sec. 81 reads as under:

  • Exemptions: (1) The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to –
    • (a) lands owned or held by the Government ….
    • …. …..
    • (e) plantations;
    • …………

But, Exemption shall not apply to lease-lands owned by the Government. That is, lessees of Govt. lands get benefits under the exemption – they can hold beyond the ‘ceiling limit. Thereby the lessees of Govt. lands get benefits under the exemption – they can hold beyond the ‘ceiling limit.

81(1)(a) Proviso says –

  • “Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease“. (See notes under the heading: “Sec. 81 exemptions do not apply to Govt. lands; But, Exemption apply to lease-lands”)

Plantation: Under Sec. 2, clause (44), plantation means any land used by a person principally for the cultivation of tea, coffee, cocoa, rubber, cardamom or cinnamon.

Ceiling area 

  • Sec. 82 provides for ceiling.
  • Sec. 83 provides – No person can hold or possess excess of ceiling area. (Holding is by tenant.)  
  • It is a total bar.
    • Apply to tenant also. 1980 KLT 259 (Gopalan Nair Vs. State), 1976 KLT 306  (Thomas Mariamma Vs. TLB),
    • The policy of the Act – no person –“be permitted to hold any land in excess of the ceiling area.” Raghunath Laxman Wani v. The State of Maharashtra (AIR 1971 SC 2137) – quoted in 2008(1) KLJ 571 (State Vs. Puliyangattu). Followed in State vs Civil Judge, Nainital, AIR 1987 SC 16; Bhikoba S. Vs. ML Punchand Tathed, AIR 1982 (SC) 865.

Does the Plantation Exemption confer Unconditional Rights over the ‘LAND’?

No.

It is for the following reasons –

  • 1. The exemption is to the ‘plantation‘, and not to the ‘land‘.
  • 2. Exemption continues (only) as long as the plantation exists or continues;
  • Because,
    • S. 2.(44) defines ‘plantation’ as land used principally for the cultivation of a specific ‘plantation crop‘ like tea, coffee, cocoa, rubber etc.
    • Section 87, Explanation II states that if a plantation for which exemption is given on recognition of a specific ‘plantation-crop’ is converted into any other ‘plantation-crop’ or the plantation activity is not continued, the exemption may be lost; and the land will be taken for considering the ceiling limit.

Explanation II of Sec. 87 reads as under:

  • “Explanation II – Where, after the date notified under Section 83, any class of land specified in Schedule II has been converted into any other class of land specified in that Schedule or any land exempt under Section 81 from the provisions of this Chapter is converted into any class of land not so exempt and in consequence thereof the total extent of land owned or held by a person exceeds the ceiling area, so much extent of land as is in excess of the ceiling area, shall be deemed to be land acquired after the said date.”
  • Note: The “a person” in clause “total extent of land owned or held by a person exceeds the ceiling area” denotes the transferee.

Purport of Sec. 87 and the Explanations in S.87(1)

Section 87 reflects the legislative intention in protecting plantations. The protection is on economic grounds. That is, certain crops and cultivations that made the land of Kerala renowned from ancient times were to be protected. Section 87 and the Explanations are to be read and interpreted in the light of their intentions. The Kerala High Court aptly appreciated these provisions in this background in One Earth One Life v. State of Kerala, 2019-2 KHC(SN) 10; 2019-1 KLT 985.

In State Human Rights Protection Centre, Thrissur v. State of Kerala, 2009(3)KLJ 110, it is held as under:

  • “19.There is no restriction on alienation of lands exempted under Section 81 (1)(a) of the Land Reforms Act ,since such lands are exempted from the operation of Chapter III of the Kerala Land Reforms Act dealing with ceiling on holding. It is not the excess land that is alienated but the exempted land………”

It was further held in para 21-  

  • ”……Any exemption from ceiling provision under the Kerala Land Reforms Act has a purpose and the purpose in the present case is public interest and that public interest is the use of land for industrial purpose. Since under the Kerala Land Reforms Act there is no restriction on alienation of the exempted category of lands and since the transferee is subjected to the acid test of eligibility and entitlement for exemption in terms of use of the land, the transfer made by the HMT will also be subjected to the same test, namely use of the transferred land for industrial purpose. In other words, HMT is legally entitled to transfer 100 acres of land notified under Ext.R1(i) notification, but the transferee will have to use that land for industrial purpose and that purpose only. Therefore, the transfer is not vitiated in any way; but the transferee will have to use the land only for industrial purpose. That is a covenant on the land.” (Quoted in: One Earth One Life v. State of Kerala, 2019-2 KHC(SN) 10; 2019-1 KLT 985)

In Everest Stone Crusher and Granites v. District Collector, District Collectorate, Kannur, 2020-6 KHC 289, it is held as under:

  • “Therefore, Ext.P13 prohibitory order issued by the 1st respondent District Collector, during the pendency of suo motu proceedings under Section 87 of the Act, cannot be said to be one issued without reasonable grounds to believe that any document relating to transfer of land of the land owned by the petitioner, which may be presented before the 3rd respondent registering officer, is intended to defeat the provisions of the said Act. The said order warrants no interference in this writ petition, invoking the extra ordinary jurisdiction of this Court under Article 226 of the Constitution of India.”

State need not pay compensation to the Excess Land (when land is acquired)

It is also noteworthy –

  • Article 31A(1), Proviso of the Constitution of India lays down that the State need not pay compensation to the land-owners (when land is acquired) above the ceiling limit.  And, the afore-stated provisions of the KLR Act are legislated following this constitutional provision. 
  • Article 31A(1), Proviso of the Constitution reads as under:
  • “Provided further that where any law makes any provision for the acquisition by the State of any estate and where any land comprised therein is held by a person under his personal cultivation, it shall not be lawful for the State to acquire any portion of such land as is within the ceiling limit applicable to him under any law for the time being in force or any building or structure standing thereon or appurtenant thereto, unless the law relating to the acquisition of such land, building or structure, provides for payment of compensation at a rate which shall not be less than the market value thereof.”

Plantation ExemptionFixity & Purchase Certificate for a Tenant below 30-acres-plantation

  • By virtue of S. 3(1)(viii), a Tenant (below 30-acres-plantation) will get fixity (Sec. 13) and can continue possession.
    • And, under Chapter III, Sec. 81(1)(e), he can also avail benefits of exemption for plantation (without being affected by the ceiling limit – Sec. 82 & 83).
    • Note: For getting benefits under Sec. 81 exemption, the tenant should have filed ceiling return (under Sec. 85(2); 85A).
  • Purchase Certificate being provided within ceiling limit alone under Sec. 72B or 72C, it is legitimate to state that a tenant cannot get Purchase Certificate on the plantation land, under Sec. 72B or 72C. (Note: No rider to Sec. 72B and 72C, by way of proviso or otherwise, exempting plantation.)

Combined Impact of Sec. 3(1)(viii) and Sec. 81 on Plantation-Tenancy-land

Below 30 acres – Chapter II applies:

  1. By virtue of S. 3(1)(viii)Chapter II applies to all tenancies (both above and below 30 acres. It stands contradistinct to ‘leased-lands-upon-which-plantation-was-put-up’ by the tenant above 30 acres.
  2. Such tenants also get benefit of exemption under Sec. 81 and they can continue without being affected by the ceiling limit under Sec. 82 and 83.
  3. For getting benefits of Sec. 81 exemption ceiling return (Sec. 85(2); 85A). should have been filed.

Above 30 acres ‘Plantation-Tenancy’- Chapter II, KLR Act will not Apply:

  • S. 3(1)(viii) being exclude (from Chapter II) ‘Plantation-Tenancy’ (i.e. ‘leased-lands-upon-which-plantation-was-put-up’ by the landlord) above 30 acres, provisions of Chapter II do not apply to such plantations.
  1. Hence, No ‘fixity’ under Sec. 13, for the tenants of ‘Plantation-Tenancy’ above 30 acres.
  2. Contract applies to termination of tenancy, above 30 acre plantation–tenancy. But, until evicted lawfully, such tenants get benefit of exemption under Sec. 81 and they can continue without being affected by the ceiling limit under Sec. 82 and 83.
  3. Land lord is entitled Sec. 81 exemption over such plantation.
  4. For getting benefits of Sec. 81 exemption, ceiling return [Sec. 85(2); 85A] should have been filed.

If tenant raised plantation on bare land leased: S. 3(1)(viii)does not apply.

  1. S. 3(1)(viii) does not deal with plantations put up on bare land leased by the tenants. (Such property is not excluded from Chapter II, also.)
  2. That is, the protection or benefits given to tenants (fixity) can be availed by such tenants (who put up plantation on land leased).
  3. No purchase Certificate can be obtained, for, fragmentation of plantation will not be allowed (Sec. 87 Expl. II).
  4. Under Sec. 81, such tenants can avail exemption and they can also continue without being affected by the ceiling limit under Sec. 82 and 83.
  5. Such lands also vest in Government under Sec. 72.
  6. For getting benefits of Sec. 81 exemption ceiling return [Sec. 85(2); 85A]. should have been filed.

In N. K. RAJENDRA MOHAN Vs. THIRVAMADI RUBBER CO.  LTD, AIR 2015 SC 2556; 2015-4 KLT 6, it is held as under:

  • “That the legislature had construed it to be unfair and improper to deny the benefit of the fixity of tenure to a lessee who might have taken the lease of extensive parambus or waste lands and in course of time by hard toil had developed those into plantations.

Analysis

Plantation leased
(Plantation existed when land was leased).
Land leased
Tenant made plantation.
Sec. 81 (exemption from ceiling limit) applies.
Plantation above 30 Acre. 
Will there be fixity to tenant?

No. 
Sec. 3 (1)(viii) (negatively) applies. (Poddar Plan. Ltd v. Thekkemariveettil Madhavi Amma, 2014 1 ILR(Ker) 813; 2013 4 KLJ 781; 2014 1 KLT 439,)
Yes. (Because what is exempted is Plantation-Tenancies exceeding 30 acres)
Sec. 13, fixity is there for every tenant, if tenant toiled a plantation – See: Rev. Fr. Jerome Fernandes Vs. Be Be Rubber Estate, 1972 KLT 613.
Plantation below 30 Acre.  Can a tenant get purchase certificate for 5 or 10 acres?
May be.
No specific provision. So, by virtue of Chapter II, a tenant can get Purchase Certificate; but, within ceiling limit – Sec. 13 – under Sec. 72B, 72C.
(See notes just below also)
No. 
No specific provision.

It may be possible to get purchase certificate within ceiling – provided the tenant does not claim the remaining property.
Plantation below 30 Acre. Will there be fixity to tenant?
Yes.
By virtue of S. 3(1)(viii), a Tenant has fixity (Sec.13). It is reasonable to say, a tenant cannot claim fixity and Purchase Certificate, simultaneously.
Yes. (Because what is exempted is Plantation-Tenancies exceeding 30 acres)
Sec. 13 fixity, applies.
Who gets Sec. 81 exemption – land-owner or tenant – above 30 acre.
Land owner – For, plantation itself was leased.
Tenant
Can landlord recover possession –
above 30 acre – from the tenant?

Yes.
No express provision.
But, contract holds the field (because no protection to tenant, under Chapter II).
No. (Because Plantation-Tenancies exceeding 30 acres is exempted, and therefore no protection to tenant)
Sec. 13 fixity, applies. See:
N. K. Rajendra Mohan Vs Thirvamadi Rubber Co.  Ltd.: AIR 2015 SC 2556; 2015-4 KLT 6

(Not applicable)
Will a tenant get Fixity (S. 13) or Purchase Certificate (S. 72) on “tenancies…”, ‘interspersed within the plantation’Sec, S. 3(1)(viii)
Yes. But, within ceiling limit – Sec. 13 – under Sec. 72B, 72C.
Proviso refers to a special category on independent-tenancy [from the plantation-tenancy, mentioned in the main Section, S. 3(1)(viii)].
Will there be vesting of land below 30 acres in Govt?
Yes.
Then what is the relation between Govt. and the original tenant? Relation that is recognised by the Statute. That is, fixity in the land vested in Government.
Yes (for both above and below 30 acres).

Then what is the relation between Govt. and the original tenant? Relation that is recognised by the Statute .That is, fixity in the land vested in Government.

Effect of Conversion of a Portion of Exempted Land into a Non-exempted Category

Section 87 reads as under:

  • “S.87. Excess land obtained by gift, etc. to be surrendered – (1) Where any person acquires any land dafter the date notified under Section 83 by gift, purchase, mortgage with possession, lease, surrender or any other kind of transfer inter vivos or by bequest or inheritance or otherwise and in consequence thereof the total extent of land owned or held by such person exceeds the ceiling area, such excess shall be surrendered to such authority as may be prescribed.
  •        Explanation 1 – Where any land is exempted by or under Section 81 and such exemption is in force on the date notified under Section 83, such land shall, with effect from the date on which it ceases to be exempted, be deemed to be land acquired after the date notified under Section 83.
  •        Explanation II – Where, after the date notified under Section 83, any class of land specified in Schedule II has been converted into any other class of land specified in that Schedule or any land exempt under Section 81 from the provisions of this Chapter is converted into any class of land not so exempt and in consequence thereof the total extent of land owned or held by a person exceeds the ceiling area, so much extent of land as is in excess of the ceiling area, shall be deemed to be land acquired after the said date.

No Total Prohibition in using Exempted Land for a Different Purpose

Explanation II does not make a total bar. It only causes to lose benefit of the exemption to a certain extent. That is, if a person converts any portion of his exempted land to any other class, that converted extent will be added to his account in determining his ceiling limit; and the Taluk Land Board can proceed upon that (excess) land. In short, the exemption will be lost for that portion. In this premises, in Wayanad Granites v. District Collector, 2023-4 KLT 874, it is held that ‘fragmentation is per se not illegal’. similarly, in District Collector v. Sajith Lal, 2023-4 KLJ 851, it is held that ‘there is no embargo under law in using any exempted land for non-exempted purposes as well’.

In Mathew K.T v. State of Kerala, 19 April, 2024, in the light of earlier decisions, observed that there is no total prohibition in using an exempted land for a different purpose under the Kerala Land Reforms Act. The impediment or restriction is (only) the following –

  • If a portion of the exempted land is utilised for any other purpose, that would fall within his ceiling area and the authorities may be able to initiate ceiling proceedings.

The Full Bench decision, Mathew K. Jacob v. District Environmental Impact Assessment Authority [AIR 2019 Ker. 67, affirmed by the Supreme Court in K.H. Nazar v. Mathew K. Jacob, 2020-14 SCC 126] held as under:

  • “We however add that any class of land earlier exempted in the ceiling case can be converted into any class of land not liable to be exempted under Explanation II to Section 87 of the Act. The consequence is that the benefit of the exemption would be lost and the extent added to the account of the assessee or the declarant in determination of his ceiling area. That is a matter to be dealt with by the Taluk Land Board with the assessee or the declarant and other interested parties on the party array and we desist from elaborating further.”

In District Collector v. Sajith Lal (2023-4 KLJ 851; 2023 KLT OnLine 1225) it is held as under:

  • “5. There is no embargo under law in using any exempted land for non- exempted purposes as well. If the land is used for non-exempted purposes, the holder of the land will lose the qualification for exemption, thus giving authority to the Land Board to initiate ceiling proceedings.” (Quoted in: Mathew K.T v. State of Kerala, 19 April, 2024)

No Embargo to Transfer Plantation Land

In R. V.  Devassia v. Sub Registrar, Idukki, 2015-1 ILR(Ker) 1047; 2015-1 KHC 805; 2015-2 KLJ 17, it is held as under:

  • “9. On promulgation of the KLR Act in the State, the entire landed property in the State is subjected to State control as envisaged under the provisions of the KLR Act. No piece of the land escapes the clutches of the KLR Act including exempted land for ceiling purposes. The ceiling proceedings is a continuing proceedings and can be reopened in any of the circumstances, if so warranted, as contemplated under Section 87 of the KLR Act. Exemption granted from ceiling is the qualification to use the land in a particular manner, which means a burden is imposed on the land. The moment the qualification for exemption is vanished by conversion of the land, the protection from ceiling will also be extinguished to bring the land within the fold of the ceiling area. The exemption is in the nature of a burden on the land to use the land for the purpose for which exemption is granted. The eminent domain power of the State can be exercised for acquiring land without consent and also to regulate the use of land in public interest. The eminent domain is power inherent in any Sovereign State. This burden would bind the holder of the land as on 01/01/1970 and the successor-in-interest. The Division Bench of this Court in the State Human Rights Protection Centre, Thrissur and another v. State of Kerala and others [2009 (3) ILR 695] held that exemption granted under S.81(1)(a) is for the land and would continue to operate irrespective of change of ownership of the exempted land and the transferee would have to use the land for the purpose for which exemption is granted.

In Everest Stone Crusher and Granites v. District Collector, Kannur, 2020-6 KHC 289, it is observed as under:

  • “16. In Devassia R.V. this Court noticed that, the provisions of the Kerala Land Reforms Act do not place any embargo on transfer. The transfer of registry is for fiscal purposes. The power of the competent authority to reopen the ceiling proceedings to include the land exempted for the purpose of ceiling is not lost on account of effecting mutation. Therefore, the Revenue Officials cannot refuse to effect mutation of the property purchased by the transferee.”

Effect of Fragmentation for Non-exempted Category

The decision in One Earth One Life v. State of Kerala, 2019-2 KHC(SN) 10; 2019-1 KLT 985, arose from the Writ Petition filed for a declaration that the fragmentation and sale of a Rubber Plantation for non-plantation purposes was illegal as it defeated the purpose of the Kerala Land Reforms Act. When the matter was placed before the Taluk Land Board under Sec 87, KLR Act, it found that there was no change in classification of the land and therefore dropped the proceedings. The Court held as under:

  • “34. Section 81 of the KLR Act is in pith and substance a special provision, with its main objective of giving exemption to certain lands including the lands maintained as plantations is to prevent fragmentation of the land and to keep it as plantation itself to improve the economy of the state for welfare of people as a whole while the Act creates a regime, the State is under an obligation to safeguard, the intended purpose of the provisions of the Act in its spirit. ….. …… It could be gathered from the records that the proposal to transfer 1.03 acres of land to each workers in discharge of their service or retrenchment benefits will definitely divide the plantation into separate slots and that would definitely change the character/nature of the plantation, which could be termed as ‘conversion’ and that will be against the provisions of the Act.”

Can a Tenant of Plantation Transfer his Rights, Fragmenting the Plantation

Possession is a heritable and transferable right. [See: Nallammal Vs. Ayisha Beevi, 2017-5 Mad LJ 864; Phirayalal Kapur Vs. Jia Rani, AIR 1973 Delhi 186]. Therefore, a tenant of plantation having rights of fixity (Sec. 13) may have the right to transfer it to another. In any case, the change of character or nature of the plantation by fragmentation being amount to ‘conversion’ that will be against the provisions of the Act, as pointed out in One Earth One Life v. State of Kerala, 2019-2 KHC(SN) 10; 2019-1 KLT 985.

PART – IV 

VESTING OF LAND IN GOVT. & RIGHT OF GOVT. TO COLLECT RENT

According to the provisions of the KLR Act, lands held by individuals (or associations of persons) vest in Govt. under two provisions. They are-

  • First, Sec. 72 – Vesting of landlord’s rights in Government.
  • Second, 86. Vesting of excess lands in Government.
    • Note: Sec. 86 does not apply to Plantations, for (i) they being already vest in Govt. under Sec. 72, and (ii) if Govt. land, no question of vesting arises.

Section 72(1) reads:

  • “72. Vesting of landlord’s rights in Government: (1) On a date to be notified by the Government in this behalf in the Gazette, all right, title and interest of the landowners and intermediaries in respect of holdings held by cultivating tenants (including holders of kudiyirippus and holders karaimas) entitled to fixity of tenure under Section 13, and in respect of which certificates of purchase under Sub-section (2) of Section 59 have not been issued, shall, subject to the provisions of this section, vest in the government free from all encumbrances created by the landowners and intermediaries and subsisting thereon the said date”

Sec. 81 exemptions do not apply to Govt. lands; But, Exemption apply to lease-lands

Government lands are exempted under Sec. 81(1)(a).

But, Exemption shall not apply to lease-lands owned by the Government. That is, lessees of Govt. lands get benefits under the exemption – they can hold Government-lease-land beyond the ‘ceiling limit’.

81(1)(a) Proviso says –

  • “Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease whether current or time expired or otherwise.”

This proviso is introduced in 1971. By virtue of this amendment (introducing Section 81(1)(a) Proviso) “Plantation-Exemption” does not take effect on Government-lease-land.

But it must be noted that a ‘valid lease’ must exist. That is, the person in possession of government land should be a “lessee”; he must not be trespasser or a person who forfeit the title of Government.

The word “otherwise” must be understood as a permissive occupation

In MT Joseph v.  State of Kerala, AIR 1974 Ker 28, it is held-

  • “Clause (a) of Sub-section (1) of Section 81 by which “Government lands held under a lease current or time expired or otherwise” can be understood only as referring to such lands which are held by persons in permissive possession. The word “otherwise” must be understood as a permissive occupation otherwise than under a lease. The word “otherwise” has no wider meaning in the context. So understood, the exemption to Clause (a) of that Section is perfectly legal and in that limited sense we uphold that provision as valid.”

Tenant is defined in Sec 2 (57) as under:

  • (57) tenant moans any person who has paid or has agreed to pay rent or other consideration
  • for his being allowed to possess and to enjoy any land by a person entitled to lease that land, and includes- …. ….. ….. “

Section 86 reads:

  • 86. Vesting of excess lands in Government. (1) On the determination of the extent and other particulars of the lands, the ownership or possession or both of which is or are to be surrendered under Section 85, the ownership or possession or both, as the case may be of the land shall, subject to the provisions of this Act, vest in the Government free from all encumbrances and the Taluk Land Board shall issue an order accordingly.
  • (2) On receipt of [the order of the Taluk Land Board under Sub-section (1)] such person shall make the surrender demanded, in such manner as may he prescribed.
  • (3) Where any person fails to make the surrender demanded, the [Taluk Land Board] may authorise any officer to take possession or assume ownership of the land in such manner as may be prescribed.
  • [(4) Where the ownership of any land vests in the Government under Sub-section (1), the rights of the intermediary, if any, in respect of the land shall stand extinguished, and where possession of any land which was in the possession of a cultivating tenant vests in the Government under that Sub-section, the ownership of such land shall vest in the Government and the rights of the intermediary, if any, in respect of such land shall stand extinguished.]

Who is the OWNER of Exempted (Private-Leasehold) Plantation Lands in Kerala?

It is Government, though by virtue of Chapter II (Sec. 13) the tenant has ‘Fixity’. 

  • 1. Plantation (lease) Lands VEST in GOVT, automatically
  • Because,
  • Sec. 72 provides for
    • mandatory and involuntary vesting in Government–
    • of leasehold lands that is held by cultivating tenants entitled to fixity of tenure under Sec. 13 (even if the extent exceeds ceiling limit).
    • See: Perumal Smaraka Nidhi vs M/S Harrisons Malayalam Ltd., 31. 01. 2013.
  • 2.  ‘Vesting’ in Govt. is ‘Vesting of Ownership
  • It is for the reasons –
    • Sec. 72(1) [Declared to be ‘vested’ in Government],
    • Sec. 72E [the cultivating tenant shall pay rent to the Government from 01.01.1970],    
    • Sec.72F(5)(h) [Land Tribunal to fix the rent stated in Sec. 72E] and
    • Sec. 112(5A) [If no purchase certificate is given to the tenant, from Sec. 112(5A)(b) it is clear that the tenant will be entitled (on acquisition of the land) for the compensation for the actual area where his homestead or hut, if any, is situated (whatever may be the area of land outside it) ].
  • It is also noteworthy –
  • Article 31A(1), Proviso of the Constitution of India lays down that the State need not pay compensation (even) to the land-owners (when land is acquired) above the ceiling limit.  And, the afore-stated provisions of the KLR Act are legislated following this constitutional provision. 
  • Article 31A(1), Proviso of the Constitution reads as under:
  • “Provided further that where any law makes any provision for the acquisition by the State of any estate and where any land comprised therein is held by a person under his personal cultivation, it shall not be lawful for the State to acquire any portion of such land as is within the ceiling limit applicable to him under any law for the time being in force or any building or structure standing thereon or appurtenant thereto, unless the law relating to the acquisition of such land, building or structure, provides for payment of compensation at a rate which shall not be less than the market value thereof.”
  • 3. ‘Exemption’ in Chapter III Cannot be read into Sec. 72B(2)
  • Sec. 72B(2) specifies that the provisions of Section 82 (as to ceiling limit) shall apply for a limited purpose. It reads-
    • (2) The provisions of Section 82 shall, so far as may be, apply to the calculation of the ceiling area for the purposes of the proviso to Sub-section (1)
  • The exemption provision in Sec. 81 (Chapter III) cannot be brought-forth or read-into Sec. 72B (provision for assignment/purchase-certificate) in Chapter II.
  • Further:
    • Chapter II of the KLR Act (dealing with ‘Tenancy’) is exclusive and exhaustive as to ‘fixity’ and ‘vesting’ of land in Government.
    • Proviso to Sec. 72B(1) shows – Sec. 72B(1) is an an independent provision. (It says as to assignment to a cultivating tenant within the ceiling limits.)
    • It is not stated anywhere in the Act – the right and title of the (leased-plantation) land vested in Government under Sec. 72, will be divested in any manner (to the previous owner, or to the tenant or to anybody else), in any circumstance.
    • Sec. 72E provides for collection of ‘rent‘ from the holders of the plantation. It is for the reason that (ownership of) the land vests in Govt.
    • Proceedings initiated by Taluk Land Board under Chapter III (in respect of plantation) do not confer title.
  • 4. Government Need Not Pay ‘Land-Value‘, as such, if Acquired
    • For the above (plantation land vest in Govt.), the Government Need Not Pay ‘Land-Value‘, as such, to the tenant, or the former owner, if such Lands are Acquired.
  • 5. Tenant cannot ‘Sell’ Plantation Land as his absolute property
    • A tenant who got ‘fixity’ over such land cannot ‘sell’ this land as his absolute (ownership) property.

Rights of ‘tenants’ of Plantations, after vesting the land with Govt.? It is a ‘Legal Right conferred by Statute’

  • It is not Tenancy – For no landlord-tenant relation with the Govt.
  • Not Grant or Licence/Permission – For Grant as well as Licence/Permission arise from a contract (express or implied).
  • Therefore, it can termed only as a “Legal Right conferred by Statute“, the KLR Act.
  • What are the Stipulations attached to that “Legal Right”?
    • Subject to the condition – not to “convert” it for any other use, other than the specific plantation (Sec. 87).
  • When Such a land is Required for Govt., Should it be Acquired?
    • The ownership being vested in Govt. it need not be ‘strictly’ “acquired”.
    • But no provision In Sec. 72 for ‘resuming’, if and when Govt. needs it.
  • Sec. 112 of the KLR Act
    • But, Sec. 112 of the KLR Act says as to ‘Apportionment of land value in cases of acquisition’.
    • Because of the “Legal Right conferred by Statute“ upon the former tenants of the plantation, they are entitled for certain compensation, when that land is required for the Govt..
    • In cases falling under Chapter II (pertaining to, tenants entitled for fixity, issuance of purchase certificate etc.) Section 72 deals with the right, title and interest of the land owners and intermediaries in respect of the holdings held by the cultivating tenants; and says -the land will be free from encumbrances created by the land-owners and intermediaries.
    • However, insofar as the cultivating tenant is concerned, an absolute right is vested with him to seek assignment (within ceiling limit) subject to the payment of purchase price – as stated in Section 72D. (See: Glen Leven Estate (P) Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2022-6 Ker LT 439.)
    • No ‘authority’ is also named in any law to fix the compensation to be given to the former tenants, when the Govt. requires it.
  • Therefore, it is said – Apportionment of land value in cases of ‘acquisition’.
    • Note:  It makes no difference (SUBSTANTIALLY, IN DETERMINING COMPENSATION) whether such a plantation land is “acquired” or not. Because, even if the land is not ‘acquired’, Govt. has to pay compensation for improvements to the former tenants (who holds the land by virtue of the “Legal Right conferred by Statute“, the KLR Act).

Apportionment’s of land value in cases of Acquisition

Sec. 112 of the KLR Act reads-

  • “112. Apportionment’s of land value in cases of acquisition – (1) Where any land is acquired under the law for the time being in force providing for the compulsory acquisition of land for public purposes, the compensation awarded under such law in respect of the land acquired shall be apportioned among the landowner, intermediaries, cultivating tenant and the kudikidappukaran in the manner specified in this Section.
  • (2) The compensation for any building or other improvements shall be awarded to the person entitled to such building or other improvements.
  • (3) The kudikidappukaran shall be entitled to the value of the land occupied by his homestead or hut subject to a minimum of-
    • three cents in a city or major municipality; or
    • five cents in any other municipally; or
    • ten cents in a panchayat area or township.
  • (4) The difference between the value of three cents or five cents or ten cents, as the case may be, and the value of the extent of the land occupied by the homestead or hut shall, notwithstanding anything contained in the Kerala Land Acquisition Act, 1961, be borne by the Government or the local authority or the company or other person on whose behalf the land is acquired.
  • (5) The balance remaining after deducting the compensation referred to in Sub-section (2) and the value of the land occupied by the homestead or hut shall he apportioned among the landowner, the intermediaries and the cultivating tenant in proportion to the profits derivable by them from the land acquired immediately before such acquisition.
    • Explanation. – “Profits derivable from the land” shall be deemed to be equal to (i) in the case of a landowner, the rent which he was entitled to get from the tenant holding immediately under him; (ii) in the case of an intermediary, the difference between the rent which he was entitled to get from his tenant and the rent for which he was liable to his landlord; and (iii) in the case of a cultivating tenant, the difference between the net income and the rent payable by him; and the rent payable by the cultivating tenant and the intermediary for the purposes of this Explanation shall be as calculated under the provisions of this Act.
  • (5A) Notwithstanding anything contained in Sub-sections (2) and (5), where there the right, title and interest of the landowner and the intermediaries in respect of the land acquired have vested in the Government under Section 72, –
    • (a) the compensation for any building or other improvements belonging to such landowner and intermediaries shall be awarded to the Government; and
    • (b) the balance remaining after deducting the compensation referred to in clause (a) and the value of the land occupied by the homestead or hut, if any, shall be apportioned between the cultivating tenant and the Government in proportion to the profits derivable by them from the land.
  • Explanation. – “Profits derivable from the land” shall be deemed to be equal to-
    • in the case of the cultivating tenant, the difference between the net income immediately before the acquisition and the rent which he was liable to pay immediately before the date on which the right, title and interest of the landowner and the intermediaries have vested in the Government; and
    • in the case of the Government, such rent.
  • (7) In this Section, “homestead” includes a dwelling house occupied by a person who is deemed to be a kudikidappukaran under Explanation IIA to clause (25) of Section 2.”

Apportionment depends upon rights on the date of acquisition

  • Valia Raja v. Veeraraghava Iyer, 1961 Ker LT 103, it was held that the question of apportionment of compensation has to depend upon the rights of the parties on the date of the acquisition. Referrd to in: Varkey Thomas Vs. Annamma Abraham,  1969 Ker LT 903.

Glen Leven Estate (P) Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2022-6 Ker LT 439

Read Blog: Glen Leven Estate v. State of Kerala: Not Correctly Decided?

In Glen Leven Estate (P) Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2022-6 Ker LT 439, the question as to ‘rival claims raised by the cultivating tenant and landlord for compensation on acquisition’ arose. The land was leased out by landlords. The lease-rights came in the cultivating tenants by transfer. The Government contended that the tenant was a cultivating tenant and the land vested upon the Govt. under Sec. 72 KLR Act. Hence tenant alone would be entitled to get compensation for the improvements to be determined under the Kerala Compensation for Tenants Improvements Act, 1958, in view of Section 20(1) of the KLR Act.

  • The landlords argued that the land was a plantation (over 30 acres) when it was (originally) leased, and therefore, they are entitled to claim exemption and benefits in the light of the exemption under clause (viii)  of Section 3 (1) of the KLR Act. Since there would be no fixity of tenure, it being a plantation, there would not be vesting of rights of the land owner in the Government. Hence, there should be the apportionment of the compensation between the lessor and the lessee and it should be decided in the acquisition proceedings.

The single Judge dismissed the writ petition, ‘leaving open the liberty of the lessee as well as the landlords, to approach the civil court seeking relief against the Government, and also to resolve the inter se dispute by and between the tenant and the landlords’.

The Division Bench, in appeal held that ‘land acquisition’ proceedings are to be initiated. It is pointed out that (even if it is a land vested in Govt.) there is no provision in Sec. 72 for ‘resuming’ if and when Govt. need it. The court also observed as under –

  • “31. On an analysis of the provisions of Section 72(1) of the Act, 1963, it is clear that when the Government notified the said provision with effect from 01.01.1970, all right, title and interest of the landowners and intermediaries in respect of holdings held by cultivating tenants (including holders of kudiyirippus and holders karaimas) entitled to fixity of tenure under Section 13, and in respect of which certificates of purchase under sub-Section (2) of Section 59 have not been issued, vested in the Government.
  • 32. Therefore, it is clear from Section 72 that what is vested with the Government is the right, title and interest of the land owners and intermediaries in respect of the holdings held by the cultivating tenants. It is nothing but a legal fiction by which the interest held by a cultivating tenant in a property of a landlord or intermediary is protected from 01.01.1970 .
  • 34. On a conjoint reading of Sections 72 and 72A, it can be seen that vesting of rights in the Government contained under Section 72 is the rights held by the landlord and the intermediary in respect of holdings held by the cultivating tenants. However, the same will not, in any manner, interfere with the rights enjoyed by a cultivating tenant in contemplation of the provisions of the Act, 1963.”
  • 42. Therefore, we have no doubt in our mind to hold that Section 72 of Act, 1963 would only deal with the right, title and interest of the land owners and intermediaries in respect of the holdings held by the cultivating tenants free from encumbrances created by the land owners and intermediaries. However, the legal provisions discussed above would make it clear that insofar as the cultivating tenant is concerned, an absolute right is vested with him to seek assignment subject to the payment of purchase price in contemplation of Section 72D of the Act, 1963.
  • While considering the right of landlord, it is pointed out (basing on the principle, or scheme of the KLR Act**) that the landlord may have right for compensation under Section 72BB. The Division Bench said-
    • “36. So also, sub-Section (1) of Section 72BB dealing with ‘the right of landlord to apply for assignment and compensation’ specifies that any landowner or intermediary, whose right, title and interest in respect of any holding have vested in the Government, may apply to the Land Tribunal for the assignment of such right, title and interest to the cultivating tenant and for the payment of the compensation due to him under Section 72A.”
  • **Note: 1. If plantation-lease-(leasing a land when plantation existed)-above-30-acre-
    • Sec. 72, 72 BB etc. will not apply (such land being excluded from Chapter II, under Sec. 3(1)(viii), KLR Act).
  • 2. In case of a plantation-lease-above-30-Acre-
    • on termination of the lease period, the land lord can resume the land, on the basis of his title; for, the tenant will not have fixity in such case, the land being exempted from the benefits of Chapter II (as per Sec. 3(1)(viii) of the KLR Act).
  • 3. The landlords of such plantation will get the benefits (under Sec. 81) and protection from ceiling limit that is stipulated under the provisions of Sec. 82, 83 etc. (that is, there will be no ceiling limit).
  • 4. In such a case, the right of landlord may be on a higher level or footing than the tenant (to get compensation).
  • 5. It cannot be compared with a plantation that is put up by the tenant. The tenants of such plantation will-
    • get fixity under Sec. 13 (though they will not get Purchase Certificate),
    • get the benefits and protection (under Sec. 81) from ceiling limit that is stipulated under the provisions of Sec. 82, 83 etc. (that is, there will be no ceiling limit).
    • In such a case, the right for compensation, if any, of the landlord will be nil or negligible.
      • The Division Bench, inter alia, on the above observations directed ‘the State and its officials to take proceedings for the acquisition of the land’.

Criticism on Glen Leven Estate (P) Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2022-6 Ker LT 439

The Division Bench failed to consider–

  • The right, title and interest of the land (above ceiling limit) ‘vest’ with the Government under Sec. 72. It is absolute. It is not a ‘fiction; but, it is real and actual (as seen from Sec. 72E and Sec. 112(5A).
  •  The nature of this statutory ‘vesting in Govt’ (under Sec. 72) is further clear from – Sec. 72E (tenant has to pay rent for the unassigned land – that is, no purchase certificate is given.
  • Sec. 112(5A) deals with unassigned land (that is, no purchase certificate is given). Under this sub section land-value need not be given to the land-owner or the tenant over and above the “value of the land occupied by the homestead or hut” – that is, the actual area where the ‘homestead or hut’ is situated; whatever may be the area of land outside it.
  • This provision is applied to lease-lands vested in Govt. under Sec. 72 and no purchase certificate is given (to the tenant)., in case of acquisition).
  • Sec. 72B(2) KLR Act spells-out that a cultivating tenant will get Purchase Certificate for the extent below the ‘ceiling limit’ alone. That is, the tenant has no “absolute rights” above the ceiling limit.
  • Plantation-lands, usually, involve Hundreds or Thousands of Acres of “excess” land. The assignment-possible-land (within ceiling limit) may be miniscule (7.5 acres or 15 acres). Therefore, the analogy drawn by the Bench (tenant has a right seek assignment) is not apt at all.
  • When land vested in Govt. under Sec. 72 is acquired, in the light of Sec. 112(5A) land-value need not be given to the land-owner or the tenant, over and above the “value of the land occupied by the homestead or hut” – that is, the actual area where the ‘homestead or hut’ is situated; whatever may be the area of land outside it.
  • The aforesaid provision of law in the KLR Act is legislated following Proviso to Article 31A(1) of the Constitution which says that the State need not pay compensation to the land owners (when land is acquired) above the ‘ceiling limit‘.
  • The rights of ‘tenants’ of Plantations, to continue in the land till the plantation exists, after vesting the land with Govt., is a ‘Legal Right conferred by Statute’. It is not Tenancy – for no landlord-tenant relation with the Govt. It is not a Grant or Licence/Permission – for such rights arise from a contract (express or implied). Therefore, it can be termed only as a “Legal Right conferred by Statute“, the KLR Act.
  • It goes without saying – If no compensation is payable to the land-owners above the ceiling limit, it need not be given to tenants.
  • It is most unjustifiable to confer undue rights or benefits to the plantation-tenants (majority are BIG Companies) which had not been given to Maharaja of Travancore (whose 191 acres of lands in Thiruvananthapuram – above the ceiling limit, 15 acres – in the City was ‘mercilessly’ taken under the Orders of the Land Board Trivandrum, No. LB(B)2-18919/70, dated 15.01.1972). It is a sheer fact that lands of thousands of middleclass property owners was also harshly taken by under the provisions of the Act. (Note: Only limited right to continue the specified plantation-crop alone is given by the ‘exemption’; and, according to law, in case the land is ‘converted’, the exemption-benefit would be lost.)

No Land value to be given for the “excess” land (Beyond Ceiling Limit)

Under Sec. 112(5A) the claimants will not be entitled (on acquisition of the land) for the compensation for the entire area. It is limited to the following –

  • building or other improvements
  • land occupied by the homestead or hut”
  • any building or other improvements“.

It is true, “exemption” is given to plantation, to hold land over and above ceiling limit. It is only a statutory permission to continue, subject to conditions. It will be lost when it is “fragmented” or the crop is abandoned. As stated elsewhere, it is also most unjustifiable to confer undue rights or benefits to the plantation owners or tenants (majority are BIG Companies) which had not been given to thousands of middleclass property owners whose property had been harshly sized or expropriated under the provisions of the KLR Act.

The Govt. is Entitled Reasonable ‘Rent and Land Tax

The land being vest in Govt., it can collect reasonable ‘rent’. Sec. 72E reads as under:

  • 72E. Rent of holdings vested in Government but not assigned to cultivating tenants. – Where in respect of any holding or part thereof, the right, title and interest of the landowner and intermediaries have vested in the Government under Section 72 and the cultivating tenant is not entitled to the assignment of such right, title and interest by virtue of Sub-section (1) of Section 72, the cultivating tenant shall be liable to pay to the Government the rent payable under this Act from the date of vesting under Section 72.

With respect to payment of tax it is stated as under in Sec. 72S:

  • 72S. Liability for assessment alter the date of vesting under Section 72. (1)] Notwithstanding anything contained in the Kerala Land Tax Act, 1961, or in any other law for the time being in force, or in any contract, where the right, title and interest of the landowner and the intermediaries, if any, in respect of a holding have vested in the Government under Section 72, the cultivating tenant of that holding shall be liable to pay the basic tax payable in respect of that holding under the said Act and other taxes and cesses due in respect of that holding.
  • (2) In the case of a holding or part of a holding in respect of which an application for resumption under the provisions of this Act is rejected, the cultivating tenant shall be liable to pay the basic tax and other taxes and cesses in respect of such holding or part of the holding, as the case may be, with effect on and from the date notified under Sub-section (1) of Section 72.

PART – V — Civil Court Jurisdiction : Decisions

Supreme Court Decision – Plantation put up by tenant on land leased.

The Supreme Court held in Rt. Rev. Jerome Fernandez vs. Be Be Rubber Estate, 1972 KLT 613.  It is observed as under:

  • “It may well be that the legislature thought that it will not be fair or proper to deny the benefit of fixity of tenure to lessees who might have taken on lease extensive parambas or waste land and might have in course of time by their hard toil developed them into plantations.”

When Civil Court can Interfere

  • Even when a tribunal is provided for redressal of remedies, the civil courts will have jurisdiction to examine the allegation of non-compliance of the provisions of the statute or of any of the fundamental principles of judicial procedure. If the challenge is only as to the ‘erroneous’ character of the order, other than ‘jurisdictional error’, the suit will not be maintainable. (South Delhi Municipal Corporation v. Today Homes and Infrastructure Pvt.  Ltd.  2019-4 CivCC 150 (SC); 2019-3 CurCC 370(SC); 2019-11 Scale 33).
  • When an order is passed by a statutory Land-Tribunal violating a mandatory provision, the order will be illegal, without jurisdiction and a nullity. The civil courts which are courts of “general jurisdiction” can decide whether a tribunal or authority exercising statutory jurisdiction has acted in excess or beyond the statutory powers. The civil courts can interfere when the order of the statutory tribunal or authority is really not an order under the Act conferring jurisdiction on it. In other words, if a tribunal abuses its power or does not act under the Act but in violation of its provisions (Firm Seth Radha Kishan v. Ludhiana Municipality AIR 1963 SC 1547), the jurisdiction of the civil court will not be excluded. The ultimate decision can be challenged, in spite of finality and exclusionary clauses (or provision for appeal/revision), since the jurisdiction had been assumed by the tribunal, where it did not exist, and the decision was not a decision under the Act, but a nullity. (Muhammad Haji v. Kunhunni Nair, AIR  1993 Ker 104).

Civil court to declare and decide on title

  • Civil court alone has the jurisdiction to make the declaration and decide on title. [2014(2) Ori. LJ 1008, 1969 P& H 397, 2016(6) AIR Bomb. R. 466]  

Taluk LB cannot initiate action of its own, otherwise than directed by Land Board

State of Kerala Vs. Varkey Mathew, AIR1996 SC 1009:

  • “Section 85(7) provides that where any person fails to file the statement, the Land Board shall intimate the fact to the Taluk Land Board and thereupon the Taluk Land Board shall, after necessary enquiries, determine the extent and other particulars of the land or lands which is or are to be surrendered. In other words, the statute prescribes liability on the person who owes or hold the land in excess of the ceiling limit and if such a person fails to file the statement in accordance with law, the Board is enjoined to proceed against such person.”

Whether Private Land or Government Land – Outside jurisdiction of TLB

  • The Kerala High Court, in Jagadeesachandran Nair Vs. Mamomohanan Pandarathil, 2013 (4) KLT 584, refused to call for the TLB proceedings in the Writ Petition filed by the State of Kerala before the High Court for calling for the records of the Taluk Land Board constituted under the Kerala Land Reforms Act to quash certain proceedings, claiming that the large extent of land held by the respondent was liable to be forfeited under the Kerala Escheats and Forfeitures Act, 1950. The State contended that there was gross violation of the land laws and FERA. The State also asserted a fraud on the Constitution of India, warranting immediate action in public interest and based on public policy as enjoined under Article 296 of the Constitution.
  • Analysing this decision it is pointed out in Harrisons Malayalam Ltd, v. State of Kerala, 2018 (2) Ker LT 369, that in Jagadeesachandran’s case it was noticed that the question whether the land was a private land or a government land was totally outside the scope of the proceedings pending before the TLB.

Ancillary relief could also be granted by the civil court

  • In law, when the main relief, title declaration, is cognisable by civil court the ancillary relief would be immaterial for determination of proper forum; and in such cases the ancillary relief could also be granted by the civil court.  [Ram Awalamb v. Jata Shankar, 1969 All. 526, 1982 Raj. 91, 2011(3) ARC 279] 

Is the Tenant of a Plantation a Cultivating Tenant?

  • Yes.
  • Sec. 2(8) defines cultivating tenant as under:
  • Cultivating tenant means a tenant who is in actual possession of, and is entitled to cultivate, the land comprised in his holding.”

Can Purchase-Certificate be given to Plantation-Land, over & above Ceiling-Limit?

  • No.
  • Because, under Sec. 72B(2) a cultivating tenant is entitled to get assigned the area within the ceiling limit under Sec. 82 alone.

Sec. 72B reads as under:

  • “72B. Cultivating tenants right to assignment. – (1) The cultivating tenant of any holding or part of a holding, the right, title and interest in respect of which have vested in the Government under Section 72, shall be entitled to assignment of such right, title and interest:
  • Provided that
  • (a) no cultivating tenant shall be entitled to assignment of the right, title and interest in respect of any holding or part of a holding under this Section if he, or if he is a member of a family, such family, owns an extent of land not less than-the ceiling area.
  • (b) where the cultivating tenant or, if he is a member of a family, such family, does not own any land or owns an extent of land which is less than the ceiling area, he shall be entitled to the assignment of the right, title and interest in respect of only such extent of land as will, together with the land, if any, owned by him or his family, as the case may be, be equal to the ceiling area.
  • Explanation. – In calculating the extent of land owned by the cultivating tenant or, where he is a member of a family, by such family, for the purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of the foregoing proviso, the portion of the land owned by such cultivating tenant or by the family, which is liable to be assigned to the cultivating tenants holding under him or such family, shall not be taken into account.
  • (2) The provisions of Section 82 shall, so far as may be, apply to the calculation of the ceiling area for the purposes of the proviso to Sub-section (1);
  • Provided that if no date has been notified under Section 83, the date notified under Section 72 shall be deemed to be the date notified under Section 83.
  • (3) Any cultivating tenant entitled to assignment of the right, title and interest in respect of a holding or part of a holding under Sub-section (1) may apply to the Land Tribunal within whose jurisdiction such holding or part is situate within two years from the dote of vesting of such right, title and interest in the Government under Section 72, or such further time as may be allowed by the Government in this behalf, for such assignment to him.
  • (4) An application under Sub-section (3) shall contain the following particulars, namely:
  • (a) the village, survey number and extent of the holding or part to which the assignment relates.
  • (b) the name and address of the landowner and intermediaries and also of every other person interested in the land and the nature of their interest so far as they arc known to him;
  • (c) the particulars regarding the other lands owned or held by him or if he is a member of a family; by such family; and
  • (d) such other particulars as may be prescribed.
  • (5) Where a cultivating tenant is entitled to the assignment of the right, title and interest in respect of only a portion of the holding held by him, he may indicate in the application under Sub-section (3) his choice of the portion to which the assignment shall relate.”

Balanoor Plantations Case – Based on the Principle LT to fix Tenancy’; TLB to Fix Plantation Exemption.  

In Balanoor Plantations & Industries Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2018(3) KLT 283, it is pronounced that the tenants who have not approached the Land  Tribunal and established rights as “cultivating tenant” are not entitled to avail benefits on “Fixity of Tenure”, under Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1963.

It is pointed out – when a title claim is raised by the Government or the Devaswom, the person who claims to be a cultivating tenant –

  • will have to first prove their claim of being a cultivating tenant, entitled to fixity of tenure, under the provisions of the KLR Act through a proper process of law.

It is held as under:

  • “This is pertinent because, under Section 72B(3) of the KLR Act, it is legally obligated on every cultivating tenant, entitled to assignment of right, title and interest in respect of any property, to apply to the Land Tribunal, within whose jurisdiction that the property is situated, within two years from the date of vesting of such title and interest.”

It is based upon the following principles of law:

  • A tenant cannot declare himself to be a cultivating-tenant and claim benefits under KLR Act.
  • Land Tribunal is the sole authority to determine if someone is a Cultivating Tenant or not.
  • The TLB, deals with exemption on the ground of plantation, excess land issues etc., and determines the land to be surrendered.

Cultivating Tenants (‘Entitled to Assignment’) are Obligated to Apply LT

Balanoor Plantations & Industries Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 2018(3) KLT 283, it was laid down that only cultivating tenants, entitled to fixity of tenure under Section 13 of the Kerala Land Reforms Act, 1963, would be “entitled to hold possession over the property and to resist action under the KLC Act”.

Sec. 72B provides for cultivating tenant’s rights to get assignment by purchase certificate (through LT) – within ceiling area. A Tenant was “obligated to apply” for the purchase certificate within 2 years from 1-1-1970.

Sec. 73B(3) reads as under:

  • “(3) Any cultivating tenant entitled to assignment of the right, title and interest in respect of a holding or part of a holding under Sub­section (1) may apply to the Land Tribunal within whose jurisdiction such holding or part is situate within two years from the date of vesting of such right, title and interest in the Government under Section 72, or such further time as may be allowed by the Government in this behalf, for such assignment to him.”

The Legal Basis of Balanoor Plantations case

It is definite: It is for adjudicating the ‘tenancy right’, by the Land Tribunal – for, the Land Tribunal is the only authority that can decide on the “tenancy right.” (It is the principle applied in the Balanoor case.)

  • Note: A tenant cannot declare himself to be a cultivating-tenant and avail benefits – the competent statutory authority (for the same) under the KLR Act is the Land Tribunal.
  • Land Board or Taluk Land Board (deals with exemption on the ground of plantation, excess land issues etc.) cannot adjudicate on tenancy right.

Tenant has to pay Rent to the Government

In any case, the tenants who are found to be cultivating tenants entitled to hold the plantation tenancy land, under exemption, have to pay rent to the Government as provided under Sec. 72E (and the Land Tribunal has to fix the rent under subsection (5)(h) of Sec. 72F).  If such land is acquired by the Government, compensation for improvements alone needs be paid to the tenant [and no land-value be given for the entire area, under Sec. 112(5A)]. 

End Notes

Relevant provisions of KLR Act, in a Nutshell

Section Provisions in a Nutshell
Chap. II 
3(1)
Exemptions – (i) Nothing in this Chapter shall apply to – (viii) Tenancies of plantations exceeding 30 acres.
“Provided that the provisions of this chapter, other than sections 53 to 72S, shall apply to tenancies in respect of agricultural lands which are treated as plantations under sub clause (c) of clause (44) of Section 2”.
7 EPersons acquired lands (before 2005 amendment in KLR Act) for consideration below 1 Hec. 61 Are 87 Sq.m. (4 acre) will be deemed to be tenants .
13Fixity: “Every tenant, shall have fixity of tenure in respect of his holding.”
59Deposit of purchase price and issue of certificate – to cultivating tenant.
72Sec. 72 provides for automatic vesting of lease-properties held by cultivating tenants in Govt.  ILR 2010(2) Ker. 845. 
72(1) says: Holdings upon which tenanat entilted fixity under sec. 13 vest in govt.
72(4) – says: Landowner entitled to resume land shall apply within the time fixed. Otherwise vest in govt.
Rule 5 of the Vesting & Assignment Rules provides – LT may suo moto – notwithstanding no application – assign to cultivating tenant. (See  S.72C also). 
72BCultivating-tenant “shall be entitled to assignment” of land vested in Govt. under Sec. 72 –within ceiling area and get purchase certificate (through LT) (2 years from 1-1-1970). Effect of non-filing (See Balanoor Plantations case. 2018(3) KLT 283.)
72ESuch a tenant is liable to pay rent to the Govt. for the unassigned land – under Purchase Certificate (E.g., exempted-plantation-land). The Land Tribunal fixes the rent under Sec. 72F(5)(h).
72CProvides for suo moto action by LT. (No time limit,)
72KLT shall issue purchase certificate.  It shall be conclusive proof of assignment.
74Prohibition of future tenancies.
Chap. III 
81
Exemption from ceiling and excess for Govt. lands, private forests, plantations, industrial or commercial undertaking etc.
Proviso – There will be exemption (as plantation, land given to educational institution, trust etc.) on Government lands, given under grant, lease etc.
See: HMT (Machine Tools) Limited v. Taluk Land Board, 2009 (3) KLJ 110; MT Joseph v.  State of Kerala, AIR 1974 Ker 28.
82Ceiling area – 5/10 standard acres.
83No person can hold or possess excess of ceiling area. (Holding is by tenant.)  It is a total bar. (Note:  plantations, industrial area etc. are exempted.)
Apply to tenant also. 1980 KLT 259 (Gopalan Nair Vs. State), 1976 KLT 306  (Thomas Mariamma Vs. TLB), Raghunath Laxman Wani v. The State of Maharashtra (AIR 1971 SC 2137)
The policy of the Act – no person –“be permitted to hold any land in excess of the ceiling area.” Raghunath Laxman Wani v. State of Maharashtra, 1971-3 SCC 391, Bhikoba Shankar Dhumal v. Mohan Lal Punchand Tatbed, 1982-1 SCC 680, State of U.P v. Civil Judge, Nainital, AIR 1987 SC 16, State Vs. Puliyangattu, 2008(1) KLJ 571.
84Certain transfers – void.
85(1)Surrender excess.
85(2)Owners and Tenants (in excess of the ceiling area) should furnish ceiling return to Land Board before March31, 1971, before the Land Board (including lands exempted under S. 81).
Effect of non-filing: See – Balanoor Plantations case – 2018(3) KLT 283. State of Kerala Vs. Varkey Mathew, AIR 1996 SC 1009
85(3)Excess shall be surrendered.
Note: Tenant must have approached the LT (with respect to each plantation, if he has more plantations) (He cannot declare himself a tenant)
It is clear from the following provisions:
(Before 1. 1. 1970)
S. 54(1) – A cultivating tenant has to apply to LT(for the purchase of right, title and interest.)
S. 55 – Purchase price and fair rent fixed by LT
S. 57 – LT after giving notice and enquiries, pass orders (on the application for the purchase of right, title and interest).
S. 57(3) – LT allots the purchase land it determines.
S. 57(6) – The Land Tribunal forwards a copy of orders to the Land Board.
S. 61 – Cultivating tenant to pay rent (under orders of LT)
S. 59 – The purchase price shall be deposited with the LT (to the credit of the Land Board) and issue of certificate – to cultivating tenant.
(After 1. 1. 1970)
S. 72B – cultivating tenant to apply to the LT, for Purchase Certificate.
S. 72D. The cultivating tenant has to pay purchase price to the Government [fixed by the LT] on the assignment to him of the right, title and interest of the landowner. (If the extent of land is one hectare or below, he shall not be liable to pay.)
S. 72F(5) – Land Tribunal shall issue notice to consider the claims and objections from the land owner or intermediaries, and pass an order specifying, inter alia, the rent [under S. 72F(5)(h) ] payable by the cultivating tenant to the Government.
S. 72F(6) & (7) – LT shall pass Orders on encumbrance or charge for maintenance or alimony and compensation payable to the landowner or that intermediary.
It is not lawful to initiate Suo Motu proceedings (under Section 72C) by the Government for the benefit of a Plantation Tenant (entitled, within the time allowed, to purchase a certificate below the ceiling limit), because Explanation II to Section 87 disfavours the fragmentation of the plantation land.
Still, because of subsection (3) of Section 85, the tenant could have obtained a purchase certificate (under Section 72B) within the statutory period.
It is the principle applied in the Balanoor case.
Note: (i) The sub-section (3) itself says as to the settlement of claims for resumption and purchase of the right, title, and interest of the landowner by the cultivating tenant, (ii) LT is the only authority to determine tenancy (Land Board cannot determine it), and (iii) it is clear that even if it is a plantation-exemption-land (beyond ceiling limit), the tenant has to file petition under Section 54 – for fixing Purchase price and fair rent fixed by LT and for allotting the land under section 57(3) and for effecting the payments of ‘rent’ and ‘purchase price’(to the credit of the Land Board)  under sec. 61 and 59.
85(5)Land Board shall determine – extend to be surrendered
85(7)Whereon a person fails to file statement under 85(2), LB shall intimate TLB  –  TLB shall determine land to be surrendered.
Effect of non-filing: See – Balanur Plantations case (With respect to Sec. 72B application) – 2018(3) KLT 283. Statute prescribes liability on the person who owes or hold the land in excess of the ceiling limit to file statement:  State of Kerala Vs. Varkey Mathew, AIR 1996 SC 1009.
[TLB not to do, suo motu, without direction from LB. 1980 KLT 120, referred to in 2019(1) KLT 985.]
85AFile ceiling return within March  2, 1973 before Land Board..
86(1)On determination of the extent to be surrendered under S. 85- Excess vests in Govt. and Taluk Land Board shall issue an order accordingly.
86(3)Where any person fails to surrender as demanded, the TLB may order an officer to take possession
86(4)Where any land, vests in the Govt, under s. 86(1) (including that of cultivating tenant) the ownership of such land shall vest in the Govt.
86(6)Nothing applies to property of Govt. under KLC Act.
87
Exp. II
If a person converts any portion of exempted land for any other class, that converted extent will be added to his account in determining his ceiling limit. That is, the exemption will be lost for the portion that exceeds the ceiling limit. (Mathew K Jacob v. District Environmental Impact Assessment Authority, 2018-4 KLT 913)

Section 81 — Exemptions

(1) The provisions of this Chapter shall not apply to —
(a) lands owned or held by the Government of Kerala or the Government of any other State in India or the Government of India or a local authority [or the Cochin Port Trust] or any other authority which the Government may, in public interest, exempt, by notification in the Gazette, from the provisions of this Chapter:
  Provided that the exemption under this clause shall not apply to lands owned by the Government of Kerala and held by any person under lease whether current or time expired or otherwise.
  Explanation I.“Lands owned by the Government of Kerala” shall, for the purposes of this clause, have the same meaning as “Government Lands” under Sub-section (1) of Section 2 of the Kerala Government Land Assignment Act, 1960; but lands escheated to the Government and held by tenants entitled to fixity of tenure under Section 13 shall not be deemed to be lands owned by the Government of Kerala.
  Explanation II.Lands, the right, title and interest in respect of which have vested in the Government under Sub-section (9) of Section 66 or Section 72, shall not be deemed to be “lands owned by the Government of Kerala” for the purposes of this clause.
  Explanation III.For the purposes of this clause, “other authority” shall include a corporation owned or controlled by the Government of Kerala or the Government of any other State in India or the Government of India.
(b) lands taken under the management of the Court of Wards:

Provided that the exemption under this clause shall cease to apply at the end of three years from the commencement of this Act;
(c) lands comprised in mills, factories or workshops and which are necessary for the use of such mills, factories or workshops;
(d) private forests;
(e) plantations;
(f) [cashew estates — dry land principally cultivated with not less than 150 cashew trees per hectare];
(g) [other exempted categories — e.g., various commercial, institutional, religious and educational sites] …

READ CONNECTED BLOGS (CLICK):

Read Also

•• Plantations & Industries Ltd. v. State of Kerala – Based on the Principle: LT to fix Tenancy; TLB to Fix Plantation-Exemption  
•• Kerala Land Reforms Act – Provisions on Plantation-Tenancy and Land-Tenancy in a Nutshell
•• Plantation-Tenants Not Approached The Land Tribunal are Ineligible for Plantation-Exemption-Orders from the Land Board
•• Relevant Provisions of Kerala Land Reforms Act – on Purchase Certificate,  Plantation Exemption & Ceiling Area – in a Nutshell
•• 
Plantation Exemption in Kerala Land Reforms Act–in a Nutshell
•• Civil Court to Adjudicate Title; Land Tribunal to Fix Tenancy; Taluk Land Board to Determine Plantation Exemption
•• Government is the OWNER of All Leasehold-Plantation-Lands in Kerala.
•• Liability of Certain Plantation Tenants to Pay Rent To the Government: New Rules can be Made for its Effective Implementation
•• Law on Acquisition of Private (Leasehold) Plantation Land in Kerala
•• Glen Leven Estate v. State of Kerala: Not Correctly Decided?
•• Exempted Plantation Land – In whom Ownership Vests
•• Plantation-Exemption Does Not Confer Ownership over the Land
•• Can the Ownership of (Exempted) Plantation (Above Ceiling Limit) be Changed? Can Plantation be Fragmented?
•• Do the Plantation-Tenants have a Right to Seek ‘Assignment’ of the Entire Plantation-Tenancy-Land, beyond the Ceiling Limit (under Purchase Certificates)?
•• Acquisition of (Exempted) Plantation Property: Should the Govt. Pay Full Land Value to Land-Owners/Tenants?

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLive’? Click here – How to Subscribe free



Read in this cluster (Click on the topic):

Civil Suits: Procedure & Principles

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Section 27, Limitation Act Gives-Rise to a Substantive Right so as to Seek Declaration and Recovery

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam

Propositions on Possession in a Nutshell

  • Possession is a substantive right.
  • It is heritable and transferable.
  • Courts protect settled possession.
  • Injunction is a possessory remedy.
  • Possessory title is a good title as against everybody other than the lawful owner.
  • Injunction will not be passed to favour a trespasser or a person in unlawful possession.
  • It will suffice if he can prove his lawful possession (Rame Gowda v. M. Varadappa Naidu, 2004-1 SCC 769).
  • Even if the plaintiff is a trespasser, injunction will be granted if he can prove that his possession is settled/established.
  • If the possession of the plaintiff is ‘settled/established’, injunction will be ordered against a true owner. In such a case, the ‘injunction’ will be subject to the (result of) claim of recovery (if any) in a proper suit, by the true owner.
  • It is not necessary for the person (in possession) claiming injunction, to prove his title – as long as the defendant does not claim title.
  • Person in ‘settled/established possession’ may get injunction against true owner (not to disposes otherwise than on due process of law); but, it cannot be claimed after cancellation (by court) of the sale deed he relied (Padhiyar Prahladji Chenaji v. Maniben Jagmalbhai, 2022 SCC OnLine SC 258.

Possession is a Substantive Right

Possession by itself is a substantive right recognised by law. It is heritable and transferable, as explained in the following decisions –

  • Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165,
  • Kuttan Narayanan v. Thomman Mathayi, AIR 1966 Ker 179;
  • Phirayalal Kapur v. Jia Rani, AIR 1973 Delhi 186;
  • Nallammal v. Ayisha Beevi, 2017-5 Mad LJ 864). 

Settled Possession, Established Possession & Possessory Title

In A. Subramanian v. R. Pannerselvam, AIR 2021 SC 821, the Supreme Court held that even a trespasser, who is in established possession of the property could obtain injunction. But, it was cautioned that the matter would be different, if the plaintiff himself elaborated in the plaint about title dispute and fails to make a prayer for declaration of title along with injunction relief.

In Poona Ram v. Moti Ram, AIR 2019 SC 813, it was pointed out in a case where there was no document to prove settled possession that ‘merely on doubtful material and cursory evidence, it cannot be held that the plaintiff was ever in possession of the property, and that too in settled possession’. It held further as under:

  • “13. The crux of the matter is that a person who asserts possessory title over a particular property will have to show that he is under settled or established possession of the said property. But merely stray or intermittent acts of trespass do not give such a right against the true owner. Settled possession means such possession over the property which has existed for a sufficiently long period of time, and has been acquiesced to by the true owner. A casual act of possession does not have the effect of interrupting the possession of the rightful owner. A stray act of trespass, or a possession which has not matured into settled possession, can be obstructed or removed by the true owner even by using necessary force. Settled possession must be (i) effective,(ii) undisturbed, and (iii) to the knowledge of the owner or without any attempt at concealment by the trespasser. There cannot be a straitjacket formula to determine settled possession. Occupation of a property by a person as an agent or a servant acting at the instance of the owner will not amount to actual legal possession. The possession should contain an element of animus possidendi. The nature of possession of the trespasser is to be decided based on the facts and circumstances of each case.”

Possessory Title

The term ‘Possessory Title’ (in contrast to legally recognised ‘title appertain to ownership’) arises in the following situations-

  • 1. Acquisition of ‘Original Title’: It is acquisition of title contradistinct to ‘derivative’ acquisition of title.
  • 2. Possessory Title: ‘Possessory Title’ against everybody other than the lawful owner (For, possession by itself is a substantive right and good title; and ‘Right to Possession’ is a “Property”, under law).
  • 3. Statutory title by Adverse Possession: Perfection of title by ‘Adverse Possession’ against the true owner; i.e., (legal) acquisition of title as recognised by Sec. 27 of the Limitation Act. (K V Swamynathan v. E V Padmanabhan, 1991-1 JT 83, 1990-2 Scale 1326)

‘Possessory Title’- On the Premise that ‘Possession’ is a Substantive Right

One who captures a property belonging to none, or reduces such a property to his possession, gets good title against the whole world – as in the case of birds in the air and fishes in the water. And, if it belongs to another, possession of the holder of such property is good title against all but the true owner (Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129); because, possession is the most important objective expression of ownership. According to Salmond, possession is the most basic relationship between men and things, and the possessor should have the ‘animus’ to possess the ‘corpus’.

‘Rival Titles’ in Adverse Possession – Title by ownership & Title by possession

Possessory title by adverse possession is basically a philosophical concept of property law; and it is merely acknowledged in common law and in the Limitation Act. It is explained in the thought provoking article, “Possessory Title: Its True Nexus with the Law of Limitation and the ‘Theory of Relativity’ ” by Anoop Bhaskar, Advocate, Thiruvananthapuram (2022 KLT). It is also pointed out that there are two ‘rival titles’ in a case of adverse possession; i.e., title by ownership (pertain to true owner) & title by possession (pertain to trespasser).

When a plea on adverse possession is propped up, the judicial determination is warranted on rival claims on ‘title on ownership’ and ‘title by adverse possession’; and also, ‘presumptions on title’ and ‘presumptions on possession’. If the trespasser can prove adverse possession against the true owner, as provided under Article 65 of the Limitation Act, the law favours the trespasser endorsing his Possessory Title. The learned author lays down the doctrine of ‘preference’ upon the two ‘rival titles’ as under:

  • “It is true by the operation of limitation prescribed under Article 65, the prior owner loses his right or remedy to sue for possession based on title. At this point, the adverse possessor acquires title by the virtue of original acquisition. … In other words, the possessor will have an entitlement to the right to possess the land against others; i.e., he is having the title to possess. At the same time the prior owner will be denying the adverse possessor’s entitlement to possession and be claiming the entitlement to all the incidents of ownership, including possession. Basically, he will be claiming title to ownership on the land. This is how there will exist two rival titles in the case of a title dispute, i.e., title to ownership & title to possession. Now the Courts will be called upon to measure the strength of each title. If the adverse possessor proves that the prior owner has lost his right to recover possession by way of limitation, it will mean that the title of the prior owner will be weaker than adverse possessor.”

Possessory Title & Adverse Possession

  • If ‘no title in either party, possession alone decides’.
  • Possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better.

Possession is Good Title Against All but the True Owner

In Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129 our Apex Court relied on Narayana Row v. Dharmachar, ILR 26 Mad. 514, where the Madras High Court consisting of Bhashyam Ayyangar and Moore, JJ., held that possession was, under the Indian, as under the English law, good title against all but the true owner. 

‘Possession is Good Against All But the True Owner’ & Sec. 6 of the Sp. Relief Act

The principle ‘Possession is Good against all but the True Owner’ is declared in Parry v. Clissold, (1907) AC 73.

The Supreme Court of India while accepting this principle in Nair Service Society Ltd. vs. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, pointed out that the law in India allows a plaintiff to maintain a possessory suit under Sec. 9 (preset Sec. 6) of the Specific Relief Act. Such a suit can be filed against a title holder, if he had dispossessed the plaintiff ‘otherwise than in due course of law’. It is held in this decision that if ‘no title in either party, possession alone decides‘.

In Nair Service Society Ltd. vs. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, it is observed as under:

  • “17. … To express our meaning we may begin by reading 1907 AC 73 (Perry V. Clissold), to discover if the principle that possession is good against all but the true owner has in any way been departed from.
  • 1907 AC 73 reaffirmed the principle by stating quite clearly:
    • “It cannot be disputed that a person in possession of land in the assumed character of owner and exercising peaceably the ordinary rights of ownership has a perfectly good title against all the world but the rightful owner. And if the rightful owner does not come forward and assert his title by the process of law within the period prescribed by the provisions of the statute of Limitation applicable to the case, his right is for ever extinguished and the possessory owner acquires an absolute title.”
  • Therefore, the plaintiff who was peaceably in possession was entitled to remain in possession and only the State could evict him. The action of the Society was a violent invasion of his possession and in the law as it stands in India the plaintiff could maintain a possessory suit under the provisions of the Specific Relief Act in which title would be immaterial or a suit for possession within 12 years in which the question of title could be raised.”

Read Blogs (Click): POSSESSION is a Substantive Right in Indian Law

In Poona Ram v. Moti Ram, AIR 2019 SC 813, our Apex Court explained the principle ‘possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better’ as under:

  • “9. The law in India, as it has developed, accords with jurisprudential thought as propounded by luminaries like Salmond.
  • Salmond on Jurisprudence states:­
    • “These two concepts of ownership and possession, therefore, may be used to distinguish between the de facto possessor of an object and its de jure owner, between the man who actually has it and the man who ought to have it. They serve also to contract the position of one whose rights are ultimate, permanent and residual with that of one whose rights are only of a temporary nature.x x x x xIn English law possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better. A wrongful possessor has the rights of an owner with respect to all persons except earlier possessors and except the true owner himself. Many other legal systems, however, go much further than this, and treat possession as a provisional or temporary title even against the true owner himself. Even a wrongdoer, who is deprived of his possession, can recover it from any person whatever, simply on the ground of his possession. Even the true owner, who takes his own, may be forced in this way to  restore it to the wrongdoer, and will not be permitted to set up his own superior title to it. He must first give up possession, and then proceed in due course of law for the recovery of the thing on the ground of his ownership. The intention of the law is that every possessor shall be entitled to retain and recover his possession, until deprived of it by a judgment according to law.
    • Legal remedies thus appointed for the protection of possession even against ownership are called possessory, while those available for the protection of ownership itself may be distinguished as proprietary. In the modern and medieval civil law the distinction is expressed by the contrasted terms petitorium (a proprietary suit) and possessorium (a possessory suit).”
  • 10. As far back as 1924, in the case of Midnapur Zamindary Co. Ltd. v. Naresh Narayan Roy, AIR 1924 PC 144, the learned Judge observed that in India, persons are not permitted to take forcible possession; they must obtain such possession as they are entitled to through a court. Later, in the case of Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, this Court ruled that when the facts disclose no title in either party, possession alone decides. It was further held that if Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act, 1877 (corresponding to the present Section6) is employed, the plaintiff need not prove title and the title of the defendant does not avail him. When, however, the period of six months has passed, questions of title can be raised by the defendant, and if he does so the plaintiff must establish a better title or fail. In other words, such a right is only restricted to possession in a suit under Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act (corresponding to the present Section 6) but does not bar a suit on prior possession within 12 years from the date of dispossession, and title need not be proved unless the defendant can provide one.
  • 11. It was also observed by this Court in Nair Service Society Ltd. (supra) that a person in possession of land in assumed character of owner and exercising peaceably the ordinary rights of ownership has a perfectly good title against the entire world except the rightful owner. In such a case, the defendant must show in himself or his predecessor a valid legal title and probably a possession prior to the plaintiff’s, and thus be able to raise a presumption prior in time.”

Present Indian Law on Adverse Possession

  • In Parry v. Clissold, (1907) AC 73 it was pointed out that if the rightful owner did not come forward and assert his title within the period of limitation, his right would be extinguished and the possessory owner would acquire an absolute title.

After the Limitation Act, 1963, the legal position in India, on Adverse Possession, has been changed as under:

  • If the rightful owner did not come forward and assert his title within the period of limitation, his right may be extinguished and the (adverse) possessory owner may acquire an absolute title.

Because,

  • Articles 65 of the Limitation Act, 1963 casts onus on the trespasser to prove claims of title by ‘adverse’ possession.

The 3 important modern propositions brought-in as to adverse possession (in India) are:

  • Mere ‘animus possidendi’, not enough; there must have animus to dispossess.
  • Trespasser must know who the true owner is.
  • Burden to plead and prove adverse possession is upon the defendant.

Adverse possession arises from the provisions in Article 65 of Limitation Act, 1963. ‘Positive and hostile acts’ of the trespasser is the pre-requirement of Adverse Possession; because, mere possession is not sufficient  under Article 65, but it requires ‘adverse’ possession.

Read Book No. 5
•  Adverse Possession: A Concise Overview
•  What is Adverse Possession in Indian Law?
•  How to Plead Adverse Possession? 
•  Declaration & Recovery: Art. 65, not Art. 58 Governs
•   Adverse Possession: Dispossession and Knowledge
•   Adverse Possession: Admission of Title of Other Party
•   Ouster and Dispossession in Adverse Possession
•   Does ‘Abandonment’ a Recognised Right in Indian Law?
   Fraudulent Registration of Deed: No Adverse Possession
•   Does 12 Years’ Unobstructed Possession Precede the Suit?
•   Prescriptive Rights – Is it Inchoate until Upheld by Court
•   Sec. 27, Limitation Act: Right to Declaration and Recovery
•   ‘Possessory Title’ in Indian Law
•   Possession: a Substantive Right Protected in Indian Law
•   ‘Possession is Good Against All But the True Owner’
•   When ‘Possession Follows Title’; ‘Title Follows Possession’
•   Can a Tenant Claim Adverse Possession
•   Adverse Possession Against Government
•   Is Registration of a Deed, Notice to Government?
•   Government of Kerala v. Joseph
•   Adverse Possession: UK and US Law and Classic Decisions

Article 65 of Limitation Act reads as under:

65. For possession of immovable property or any interest therein based on title.12 yearsWhen the possession of Defendant becomes
adverse to the plaintiff.

In T. Anjanappa v. Somalingappa, (2006) 7 SCC 570, it is observed that the possession must be open and hostile enough to be capable of being known by the parties interested in the property, though it is not necessary that there should be evidence of the adverse possessor actually informing the real owner of the former’s hostile action.

Following are the other important decisions on adverse possession:

  1. Karnataka Board of Wakaf v. Govt of India – AIR 2004 SC 2096
  2. PT Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma, AIR 2007 SC 1753
  3. Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit KaurAIR 2019 SC 3827.

Adverse Possession – ‘Inchoate’ (Here Indicates, Unadjudicated)

  1. Title ripens by operation of law; court only recognises it.
    • Under the Limitation Act, once the claimant establishes continuous, open, and hostile possession for 12 years, the true owner’s title stands extinguished and the possessor’s title is perfected. This occurs by operation of law, not by decree; a court does not create the title but merely declares it.
  2. ‘Inchoate’: Here indicates unadjudicated, not legally incomplete.
    • The description of adverse possession as “inchoate” is only a practical expression that the claim has not yet been judicially determined. It does not mean that the right is legally incomplete once the statutory period has run.

Prescriptive Easement Right Inchoate until upheld by a Competent Court

One can acquire the right of easement by prescription. But, prescriptive rights are said to be inchoate (started, but not full-blown) until such title is upheld by a competent court. It was observed in Sultan Ahmad v. Valiullah (1912) 10 ALJ 227, that the result of the Easements Act and the similar provisions of the Limitation Act was that a right of easement could not be said to be perfected until the right was declared by a decree of court. See also:

It was observed in Sultan Ahmad v. Valiullah (1912) 10 ALJ 227, that the result of the Easements Act and the similar provisions of the Limitation Act was that a right of easement could not be said to be perfected until the right was declared by a decree of court.

  • Sultan Ahmad v. Valiullah (1912) 10 ALJ 227 is referred to in:
  • Nachiparayan v. Narayana Goundan, (1920): 60 Ind Cas 171, (1920) 39 MLJ 574;
  • Arjuna Udayar v. Manuswamy Naicker, 1999-1 CurCC 97.
  • See also: Tradesh and Miners, Ltd v. Dhirendra Nath Banerjee, AIR 1944 Pat 261.

In Siti Kantapal v. Radha Gobindaen, AIR 1929 Cal 542, it was held as under:

  • “It has been authoritatively held that a tie to easement is not complete merely upon the effluxion of the period mentioned in the Statute viz., 20 years and that however long the period of actual enjoyment may be, no absolute or indefeasible right can be acquired until the right is brought in question in some suit, and until it is so brought in question, the right is inchoate only and in order to establish it when brought in question, the enjoyment relied on, must be an enjoyment for 20 years up to within 2 years of the institution of the suit.” (Quoted in – D. Ramanatha Gupta vs S. Razaack, AIR 1982 Kant 314.)

In Ramanunni Vaidyar v. Govindankutty Nair, 1998(2) Ker LT 47, it is found that a person who has not acquired or perfected a right cannot maintain an action against the owner of the land over which the right is claimed. It is held as under:

  • In my view, on the basis of an inchoate right or a right which has not ripened into an easement by prescription, but is merely one of user, no relief can be granted to the user of them as against the owner of that land. In other words, a right, properietory or otherwise, has to be shown for obtaining relief (Krishna Pillai v.Kunju Pillai 1990 (1) KLT 136, referred to).

S. 27,  Lim. Act Gives Substantive Right so as to Seek Declaration and Recovery

Generally speaking, the Limitation Act only bars the remedy but doesn’t destroy the right to which the remedy relates to. The exception to the general rule is contained in Section 27 of the Limitation Act, 1963.

Sec. 27 of the Limitation Act speaks that at the determination of the period “hereby limited to any person for instituting a suit for possession of any property”, his right to such property shall be extinguished.

The Limitation Act is an Act of repose. “Adverse possession statutes, like other statutes of limitation, rest on a public policy that do not promote litigation and aim at the repose of conditions that the parties have suffered to remain unquestioned long enough to indicate their acquiescence.” (See: PT Munichikkanna Reddy and others v. Revamma, (2007) 6 SCC 59: AIR 2007 SC 1753)

Adverse possession confers title under Sec. 27 (by necessary implication, because extinguished title of real owner comes to vest in wrongdoer – because, rights thereon had already been lost to the true owner, and passed over to the ‘possessory/adverse’ owner).

Therefore it is clear that Sec. 27 is a provision in the Limitation Act that gives a substantial right to a party.

Person Acquiring Title by Adverse Possession can use it as a Sword

In view of Sec. 27 one can seek declaration of title by adverse possession and consequential injunction or recovery. That is why it is held in Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur,  AIR 2019 SC 3827: (2019) 8 SCC 729, that the person acquiring title by adverse possession can use it as a sword.

Read Connected Blogs:

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

What is Waiver in Contract Act and What is Promissory Estoppel

Saji Koduvath, Advocate Kottayam

Key Takeaways

  • Waiver being a Statutory Right, recognised in Sec. 63, Indian Contract Act (independent of Estoppel) –
    • it is an ‘Enforceable Right’, and may constitute a Cause of Action; and
    • if the promisee withdraws the ‘Waiver’ as to the performance of contract , the burden to show that he had validly withdrawn the ‘Waver’, and that no prejudice or injustice is caused to the other party (promisor) is upon the promisee .
  • Neither consideration nor an agreement would be necessary to attract Waiver.
  • In the matters of Waiver and its ‘withdrawal’, following aspects will be serious concern for the court
    • ‘Public Policy’ (Sec. 23 Contract Act)
    • terms in the basic contract,
    • capacity of the person who Waived,
    • bargaining power,
    • injuries,
    • language used,
    • delay in withdrawal,
    • nature of declaration of Waiver,
    • malafides (if any) behind the withdrawal of Waiver.

What is Waiver?

  • Waiver is a unilateral act of abandonment of a right or claim against another.
  • It may arise as election between two alternatives, or as an unconditional promise. 
  • The waiver must be clear and unambiguous.
  • If it is communicated to the other person and if that person, on the basis of the waiver, proceeds to perform his part, if any remains, the party who waived the right cannot assert the original contract.
  • Waiver being a statutory right, recognised in Sec. 63 Contract Act, independent of estoppel, it can give rise to a cause of action.

Sec. 63 Contract Act

The principles of waiver is contained in Sec. 63 of the Indian Contract Act.  

It reads as under:

  • 63. Promise may dispense with or remit performance of promise. Every promisee may dispense with or remit, wholly or in part, the performance of the promisee made to him, or may extend the time for such performance, or may accept instead of it any satisfaction which he thinks fit.

In Waman Shriniwas Kini v. Ratilal Bhagwandas & Co.(1959 Supp. 2 SCR 217)  it is observed that Waiver is the abandonment of a right which normally everybody is at liberty to waive.

  • “A waiver is nothing unless it amounts to a release. It signifies nothing more than an intention not to insist upon the right.” (Quoted in Jagad Bandhu Chatterjee Vs. Nilima Rani 1969)

Doctrine of Waiver and Promissory Estoppel

The doctrine of Waiver and the Doctrine of Promissory Estoppel are legally recognised principles of law that arise from similar postulations. In both these cases, if one party (promisee) represents to, or made believe, the other party (promisor) that he had waived the burden of the first party (promisee), or he will not insist performance of a part of their contract, he (promisee) is barred from insisting the waived part of the contract.

Burden on who waived to show that he had validly withdrawn

Waiver being a statutory right ( Sec. 63, Contract Act) the burden is upon the party who waived the performance of contract (promisee) to show that he had the right to withdraw the ‘Waiver’ and that he had validly withdrawn the ‘Waver’. An unconditional and ‘communicated’ Waiver may give rise to a cause of action to the promisoer, and if delay, prejudice or injustice (to the other party – promisor) is a question, the burden as to the same is upon the person who Waived (i.e. promisee).

In the matters of Waiver and its ‘withdrawal’, following aspects will be serious concern for the court –

  • ‘Public Policy’ (Sec. 23 Contract Act)
  • terms in the basic contract,
  • capacity of the person who Waived,
  • bargaining power,
  • injuries,
  • language used,
  • delay in withdrawal,
  • nature of declaration of Waiver,
  • malafides (if any) behind the withdrawal of Waiver.

Principle that “Admission cannot be Permitted to be Withdrawn” Applies

In Izhaar Ali v. Prescribed Authority, (2014) 107 And LR 88, 2014-144 AIC 910, it is observed that the principle that “admission cannot be permitted to be withdrawn by amendment” will apply in withdrawal of ‘Waiver’ also. It is held as under:

  • “5…. The petitioners filed his written statement and has not raised the plea regarding six months’ previous notice. Thus the petitioners waived their right as contemplated under the proviso to Sec. 21(1)(a). Proposed amendment amounts to withdrawal of the waiver of the petitioner which cannot be permitted to be withdrawn by way of amendment.
  • Supreme Court in Modi Spinning and Weaving Mills Co. Ltd. v. Ladha Ram and Company [(1976) 4 SCC 320.] , Heera lal v. Kalyan Mal [1998 (32) ALR 442 (SC); 1998 RD 140.] , Gautam Swaroop v. Leela Jetly [(2008) 7 SCC 85.] , Sumesh Singh v. Phoolan Devi [2009 (75) ALR 789 (SC).] and Vishwanath Agrawal v. Savitri Bera [(2009) 15 SCC 693.] held that an admission cannot be permitted to be withdrawn by amendment. Same principle will apply in this case also.”

Promissory Estoppel is neither in the realm of Contract nor in the realm of Estoppel

The Doctrine of Promissory Estoppel is explained in M/S Motilal Padampat Sugar Mills v.State Of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1979 SC 621,  as under:

  • “This doctrine has been variously called ‘promissory estoppel’, ‘equitable estoppel’, ‘quasi estoppel’ and ‘new estoppel’. It is a principle evolved by equity to avoid injustice and though commonly named ‘promissory estoppel’, it is, as we shall presently point out, neither in the realm of contract nor in the realm of estoppel.”

Waiver Clause

A contract may expressly state as to the right or option of ‘Waiver’. The Waiver conditions can be laid down in the contract; such as – it must be in writing, failure of conditions may make the ‘waiver’ ineffective, etc.

Waiver is ‘Enforceable Right’, and may constitute a Cause of Action

In Jagad Bandhu Chatterjee Vs. Nilima Rani, (1969) 3 SCC 445, it is held as under:

  • “Waiver is contractual, and may constitute a cause of action; it is an agreement to release or not to assert a right”
  • “In India the general principle with regard to waiver of contractual obligations is to be found in s. 63 of the Indian Contract Act. Under that section it is open to a promise to dispense with or remit, wholly or in part, the performance of the promise made to him or he can accept instead of it any satisfaction which he thinks fit. Under the Indian law neither consideration nor an agreement would be necessary to constitute waiver.”

In Krishna Bahadur v. Purna Theatre, (2004) 8 SCC 229, also it was held – though Estoppel will not give rise to a cause of action, and it is a rule of evidence, waiver is contractual and may constitute a cause of action. It is held as under:

  • “The principle of waiver although is akin to the principle of estoppel; the difference between the two, however, is that whereas estoppel is not a cause of action; it is a rule of evidence; waiver is contractual and may constitute a cause of action; it is an agreement between the parties and a party fully knowing of its rights has agreed not to assert a right for a consideration.
  • A right can be waived by the party for whose benefit certain requirements or conditions had been provided for by a statute subject to the condition that no public interest is involved therein. Whenever waiver is pleaded it is for the party pleading the same to show that an agreement waiving the right in consideration of some compromise came into being. Statutory right, however, may also be waived by his conduct.”

In PTC India Financial Services Limited Vs. Venkateswarlu Kari,  2022 SCC OnLine SC 608, also it is held – Waiver is contractual and Waiver may constitute a cause of action. It is held as under:

  • “7.10. Section 63 of the Contract Act governs the domain of waiver. It is a general principle of law that everyone has a right to waive the advantage of a law or rule made solely for the benefit and protection of the individual in his private capacity. (Cuilibet licet renuntiare juri pro se introducto i.e., Any one may waive or renounce the benefit of a principle or rule of law that exists only for his protection.) However, such a waiver cannot infringe any public right or public policy.
  • In. Krishna Bahadur v. Purna Theatre and Others, (2004) 8 SCC 229, this Court observed that –
    • “10. A right can be waived by the party for whose benefit certain requirements or conditions had been provided for by a statute subject to the condition that no public interest is involved therein. Whenever waiver is pleaded it is for the party pleading the same to show that an agreement waiving the right in consideration of some compromise came into being. Statutory right, however, may also be waived by his conduct.”
  • In Halsbury’s Laws of England, (Vol. 8, Third Edn., para 248 at p. 143.) it is stated thus:
    • “As a general rule, any person can enter into a binding contract to waive the benefits conferred upon him by an Act of Parliament, or, as it is said, can contract himself out of the Act, unless it can be shown that such an agreement is in the circumstances of the particular case contrary to public policy. Statutory conditions may, however, be imposed in such terms that they cannot be waived by agreement, and, in certain circumstances, the legislature has expressly provided that any such agreement shall be void.”
  • However, there is a difference between statutory provisions meant for the benefit of a person and statutory provisions which mandate contracts to be in a specific manner. One cannot waive  the statutory obligations where the statute restraints explicitly or mandates parties to contract in a particular manner. Formalities and requirements for making contracts have generally been held to be mandatory.  (G.P. Singh, Principles of Statutory Interpretation, 14th Edition, Lexis Nexis (2016) at page 462) Where a statute prescribes that a contract shall be in a specific form or shall or shall not contain certain terms, the statutory form must be followed. (Craies on Statute Law by S.G.G. Edgar, 7th Edition, Sweet & Maxwell Limited (1971) at page 255.)  In reference to pledge, waiver by contract and statutorily mandated terms, the High Court of Calcutta in The Co-Operative Hindusthan Bank, Ltd. v. Surendranath De, (1931 SCC OnLine Cal 224.) observed:
    • “Section 176 of the Contract Act, unlike some other sections, e.g., sections 163, 171 and 174, does not contain a saving clause in respect of special contracts contrary to its express terms. The section gives the pawnee the right to sell only as an alternative to the right to have his remedy by suit. Besides, section 177 gives the pawner a right to redeem even after the stipulated time for payment and before the sale. In our opinion, in view of the wording of section 176 as compared with the wordings of the other sections of the Act, to which we have referred, and also, in view of he right which section 177 gives to the pawner, and, in order that the provision of that section may not be made nugatory, the proper interpretation to put on section 176 is to hold that, notwithstanding any contract to the contrary, notice has to be given.”
  • Even when the general law provides liberty to contract, the parties cannot contract contrary to express provisions of law. In Park Street Properties Private Limited v. Dipak Kumar Singh and Another, (2016) 9 SCC 268 in reference to Section 106 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, this Court held:
    • “While the agreement dated 7-8-2006 can be admitted in evidence and even relied upon by the parties to prove the factum of the tenancy, the terms of the same cannot be used to derogate from the statutory provision of Section 106 of the Act, which creates a fiction of tenancy in the absence of a registered instrument creating the same. If the argument advanced on behalf of the respondents is taken to its logical conclusion, this lease can never be terminated, save in cases of breach by the tenant. Accepting this argument would mean that in a situation where the tenant does not default on rent payment for three consecutive months, or does not commit a breach of the terms of the lease, it is not open to the lessor to terminate the lease even after giving a notice. This interpretation of Clause 6 of the agreement cannot be permitted as the same is wholly contrary to the express provisions of the law. The phrase “contract to the contrary” in Section 106 of the Act cannot be read to mean that the parties are free to contract out of the express provisions of the law, thereby defeating its very intent.”

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

What are “Relevant Under Some Other Provisions of this Act” in Sec. 43 of the Evidence Act?

Taken from: Relevancy of a Civil Case Judgment in Criminal Cases: Does a Civil Court Judgment Bind a Criminal Court?

Saji Koduvath, Advocate Kottayam

Relevant Provisions Fall under “Some Other Provisions of this Act” in S. 43

Following provisions are pointed out frequently, in this regard –

  • Sec. 5 (Facts in issue);
  • Sec. 8 (which refers to motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct);
  • Sec. 11 (which says when facts not otherwise relevant become relevant);
  • Sec. 13 (when existence of right or custom is in question then any transaction or particular instances where the right or custom is claimed, recognized etc. become relevant),
  • Sec. 54 Explanation (2), when a previous conviction is relevant as evidence of bad character), etc.
  • Sec. 58 (Admitted Facts)

Import of “Relevant under other provisions of this Act”

  • The relevancy of a previous judgment (in a subsequent case) is governed by Sections 40 to 43 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
  • Section 43, inter alia, permits the production of earlier judgments that are deemed “relevant under other provisions of this Act.”
  • There are divergent views on the applicability of Sections 5, 8, 11 and 13, Evidence Act, under this clause in Section 43.
    • First view—Sections 5, 8, 11 and 13 being delineate the general provisions, and the relevance of prior judgments is primarily governed by Sections 40 to 43, the previous judgments will not be liberally permitted (invoking the clause “relevant under some other provisions of this Act”).
    • Second view—The phrase “relevant under some other provisions of this Act” as stated in Section 43, must be interpreted to encompass its complete and comprehensive significance.
  • Differences of opinion also exist as to the admissibility of a judgment not inter parties, under Section 13.
  • The legitimate view, it appears, is the following –
    • (i) Previous judgments can be admitted in evidence (invoking the clause “relevant under some other provisions of this Act”) if they fall under Sections 5, 8, 11 and 13. Nevertheless, the admissibility of the previous judgments being essentially governed by Sections 40 to 43, they cannot be allowed to be freely imported, invoking the general provisions.
    • (ii) The probative value of the previous judgment has to be determined by the court, even if such a previous judgment is marked in evidence as ‘relevant’.
    • (iii) In any case, the use of the previous judgment is definitely relevant in certain contexts. For instance:
      • A motive for an offence (Section 8) – i.e., to see whether the judgment provoked anger in the accused.
      • The sentence or damages to be imposed

Disputes of Title, be adjudicated in Civil Procedure

In Smt. Janak Vohra v. DDA, 103-2003-DLT 789, it was held that in case of disputed questions of title, and mutation being asked for, it is appropriate that the disputes of title be adjudicated in appropriate civil procedure and no direction be issued to mutate the property in the name of a party. (Referred to in Syed Askari Hadi Ali Augustine Imam v. State (Delhi Admn.), 2009- 5 SCC 528)

Land Acquisition judgments, not inter partes, Relevant under S. 11 and 13

In The Land Acquisition Officer, City Improvement Trust Board v. H. Narayana, 1976 – 4 SCC 9; AIR 1976 SC 2403 our Apex Court approved the view that in land acquisition cases judgments, not inter partes, are relevant, under Sec. 11 and 13 Evidence Act, if such judgments relate to similarly situated properties and contain determinations of value on dates fairly proximate to the relevant date in a case.

Order directed rectification of Trust Deed Relevant under Sec. 11

In Commissioner of Income Tax, Kanpur v. Kamla Town Trust, 1996-7 SCC 349, it was held that the Order that directed rectification of Trust Deed would be relevant under Sec. 11 Evidence Act.

Judgment not inter partes admissible to find what lands involved

In State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, 1983-3 SCC 118, our Apex Court approved the view of the Calcutta High Court as under:

  • “129. In Gadadhar Chowdhury v. Sarat Chandra Chakravarty [AIR 1941 Cal 193 : (1940) 44 Cal WN 935 : 195 IC 412 : 72 Cal LJ 320] it was held that findings in judgments not inter partes are not admissible in evidence. In this connection a Division Bench of the Calcutta High Court observed as follows : ‘Though the recitals and findings in a judgment not inter partes are not admissible in evidence, such a judgment and decree are, in our opinion, admissible to prove the fact that a decree was made in a suit between certain parties and for finding out for what lands the suit had been decreed.’
  • 130. This, in our opinion, is the correct legal position regarding the admissibility of judgments not inter partes.” (Quoted in V. Kalyanaswamy v. L. Bakthavatsalam, 2020-9 SCALE. 367)

Criminal proceeding will have precedence over the Civil proceeding

In Syed Askari Hadi Ali Augustine Imam v. State (Delhi Admn.), 2009- 5 SCC 528, it is held as under:

  • “10. It is, however, now well settled that ordinarily a criminal proceeding will have primacy over the civil proceeding. Precedence to a criminal proceeding is given having regard to the fact that disposal of a civil proceeding ordinarily takes a long time and in the interest of justice the former should be disposed of as expeditiously as possible.” (relied on: M.S. Sheriff v. State of Madras, AIR 1954 SC 397.)

Also Read:

Relevancy of a Civil Case Judgment in a Criminal Case – Abstract Propositions

1. Independent evidence/finding needed. 

  • M.S. Sheriff v. State of Madras, AIR 1954 SC 397 (Vivian Bose, J.)
  • State of Rajasthan v. Kalyan Sundaram Cement Industries, AIR 1996 SC 2823,
  • K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87 (MB Shah, J.)
  • Iqbal Singh Marwah v. Meenakshi Marwah, (2005) 4 SCC 370  (G.P. Mathur, J.)
  • P. Swaroopa Rani v. M. Hari Narayana, (2008) 5 SCC 765,
  • Seth Ramdayal Jat v. Laxmi Prasad, (2009) 11 SCC 545 (SB Sinha, J.)
  • Radheshyam Kejriwal v. State of West Bengal, (2011) 3 SCC 581.

2. It is not correct to say – a judgment of a civil court shall be binding on the criminal court.  

  • K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87
  • Seth Ramdayal Jat v. Laxmi Prasad, (2009) 11 SCC 545 (SB Sinha, J.)

3. There is neither any statutory nor any legal principle that findings recorded by the court, either in civil or criminal proceedings, shall be binding between the same parties (even) while dealing with the same subject-matter.

  • Iqbal Singh Marwah v. Meenakshi Marwah, (2005) 4 SCC 370,
  • Avitel Post Studioz Limited v. HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited, 2021-4 SCC 713 (R.F. Nariman, J.)

4.  Sections 41 to 43 of the Evidence Act deal with relevancy alone (Not conclusive except as provided in Section 41).

  • K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87
  • Avitel Post Studioz Limited v. HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited, 2021-4 SCC 713

5.  Criminal liability must be proved beyond reasonable doubt, while civil liability is based on preponderance of probabilities; different principles and different standards of proof.

  • Iqbal Singh Marwah v. Meenakshi Marwah, (2005) 4 SCC 370
  • P. Swaroopa Rani v. M. Hari Narayana, (2008) 5 SCC 765
  • Radheshyam Kejriwal v. State of West Bengal, (2011) 3 SCC 581.

Sec. 11 and 13, Evidence Act – Not Attracted to Sec. 43

In State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684 (Syed Murtaza Fazalali, A. Varadarajan, V. Balakrishna Eradi, JJ.) it was held as under:

  • “We are, however, of the opinion that where there is a specific provision covering the admissibility of a document, it is not open to the court to call into aid other general provisions in order to make a particular document admissible. In other words, if a judgment is not admissible as not falling within the ambit of sections 40 to 42, it must fulfil the conditions of s. 43. Otherwise, it cannot be relevant under s. 13 of the Evidence Act. The words “other provisions of this Act” cannot cover s. 13 because this section does not deal with judgments at all.“

The same principle also applies to Sec. 11.

It is Not Correct – Civil Decisions Bind Criminal Courts (and Converse)

Our Apex Court had (earlier) observed in V. M. Shah v. State of Maharashtra, (1995) 5 SCC 767, that the finding recorded by the criminal court stands superseded by the finding recorded by the civil court. A Two Judge Bench, in KG Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, doubted the correctness of V. M. Shah case and required reconsideration by a larger Bench. Hence, in KG Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87, the Three-Judge Bench (M.B. Shah, Bisheshwar Prasad Singh, H.K. Sema, JJ.) overruled V. M. Shah v. State of Maharashtra, holding that the finding recorded by a criminal court stands superseded by the finding recorded by the civil court is not correct.

KG Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87, also considered Karam Chand Ganga Prasad v. Union of India, 1970-3 SCC 694, wherein it was observed that the decisions of the civil court will be binding on the criminal courts, but the converse is not true. KG Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87, also overruled Karam Chand Ganga Prasad.

Referring KG Premshanker v. Inspector of Police (2002) 8 SCC 87, it is held in Syed Askari Hadi Ali Augustine Imam v. State (Delhi Admn.), 2009- 5 SCC 528 (Mukundakam Sharma, SB Sinha, JJ.) as under:

  • “It is, however, significant to notice a decision of this Court in M/s Karam Chand Ganga Prasad & Anr. etc. v. Union of India & Ors. [(1970) 3 SCC 694], wherein it was categorically held that the decisions of the civil court will be binding on the criminal courts, but the converse is not true, was overruled, stating:
    • “33. Hence, the observation made by this Court in V.M. Shah case that the finding recorded by the criminal court stands superseded by the finding recorded by the civil court is not correct enunciation of law. Further, the general observations made in Karam Chand case are in context of the facts of the case stated above. The Court was not required to consider the earlier decision of the Constitution Bench in M.S. Sheriff case (M.S. Sheriff v. State of Madras, AIR 1954 SC 397) as well as Sections 40 to 43 of the Evidence Act.”
  • 11. Axiomatically, if judgment of a civil court is not binding on a criminal court, a judgment of a criminal court will certainly not be binding on a civil court. We have noticed hereinbefore that Section 43 of the Evidence Act categorically states that judgments, orders or decrees, other than those mentioned in sections 40, 41 and 42 are irrelevant, unless the existence of such judgment, order or decree, is a fact in issue, or is relevant under some other provisions of the Act. No other provision of the Evidence Act or for that matter any other statute has been brought to our notice.”

Sans Sec. 41 – 43, No Legal Principle – Findings of Civil Court Bind  Cril. Court

Except as provided in Sections 41 to 43 of the Evidence Act, there is no general legal principle that findings of a civil court are binding on a criminal court, and vice versa.

In Avitel Post Studioz Limited v. HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited (Rohinton Fali Nariman, Navin Sinha, Indira Banerjee, JJ.) 2021-4 SCC 713, the principles in K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87: AIR 2002 SC 3372, are followed and held as under:

  • “18. Thus, in view of the above, the law on the issue stands crystallised to the effect that the findings of fact recorded by the civil court do not have any bearing so far as the criminal case is concerned and vice versa. Standard of proof is different in civil and criminal cases. In civil cases it is preponderance of probabilities while in criminal cases it is proof beyond reasonable doubt. There is neither any statutory nor any legal principle that findings recorded by the court either in civil or criminal proceedings shall be binding between the same parties while dealing with the same subject-matter and both the cases have to be decided on the basis of the evidence adduced therein.  However, there may be cases where the provisions of Sections 41 to 43 of the Evidence Act, 1872, dealing with the relevance of previous judgments in subsequent cases may be taken into consideration.”

It is further pointed out in Avitel Post Studioz Limited v. HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited, 2021-4 SCC 713 –

  • “Moreover, the judgment, order or decree passed in previous civil proceedings, if relevant, as provided under Sections 40 and 42 or other provisions of the Evidence Act then in each case the court has to decide to what extent it is binding or conclusive with regard to the matters decided therein. In each and every case the first question which would require consideration is, whether the judgment, order or decree is relevant; if relevant, its effect. This would depend upon the facts of each case.”

Judgment of a Court is relevant if only conditions u/s 40 to 43 are satisfied

The position of law is laid down in K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police, (2002) 8 SCC 87: AIR 2002 SC 3372, as under:

  • “30. What emerges from the aforesaid discussion is –
  • (1) the previous judgment which is final can be relied upon as provided under Sections 40 to 43 of the Evidence Act;
  • (2) in civil suits between the same parties, principle of res-judicata may apply;
  • (3) in a criminal case, Section 300 Cr.P.C. makes provision that once a person is convicted or acquitted, he may not be tried again for the same offence if the conditions mentioned therein are satisfied;
  • (4) if the criminal case and the civil proceedings are for the same cause, judgment of the civil Court would be relevant if conditions of any of the Sections 40 to 43 are satisfied, but it cannot be said that the same would be conclusive except as provided in Section 41. Section 41 provides which judgment would be conclusive proof of what is stated therein.”

Court has to Decide – To what extent previous Judgment is Binding

K.G. Premshanker v. Inspector of Police continued as under:

  • “31. Further, the judgment, order or decree passed in a previous civil proceeding, if relevant, as provided under Sections 40 and 42 or other provisions of the Evidence Act then in each case, Court has to decide to what extent it is binding or conclusive with regard to the matter(s) decided therein.
  • Take for illustration, in a case of alleged trespass by ‘A’ on ‘B’s property, ‘B’ filed a suit for declaration of its title and to recover possession from ‘A’ and suit is decreed. Thereafter, in a criminal prosecution by ‘B’ against ‘A’ for trespass, judgment passed between the parties in civil proceedings would be relevant and Court may hold that it conclusively establishes the title as well as possession of ‘B’ over the property. In such case, ‘A’ may be convicted for trespass. The illustration to Section 42** which is quoted above makes the position clear.
  • Hence, in each and every case, first question which would require consideration is whether judgment, order or decree is relevant?, if relevant its effect. It may be relevant for a limited purpose, such as, motive or as a fact in issueThis would depend upon facts of each case.
  • 32. In the present case, the decision rendered by the Constitution Bench in M.S. Sheriff case would be binding, wherein it has been specifically held that no hard-and-fast rule can be laid down and that possibility of conflicting decision in civil and criminal courts is not a relevant consideration. The law envisages “such an eventuality when it expressly refrains from making the decision of one court binding on the other, or even relevant, except for limited purpose such as sentence or damages”.
    • **Note: Sec. 42 Evidence Act pertains to public right. Illustration also makes it clear. It is obvious that the Apex Court referred to it only to show that the earlier decision may be relevant – to show “motive or as a fact in issue” (under Section 43).
    • That is, where the prosecution case is that ‘the civil court decree made the accused increase enmity towards the victim’, the previous civil court decision may be relevant under “some other provision” stated in Section 43 (as “motive or as a fact in issue“).
  • Sec. 42 Evidence Act reads as under:
    • “42. Relevancy and effect of judgments, orders or decrees, other than those mentioned in section 41. Judgments, orders or decrees other than those mentioned in section 41, are relevant if they relate to matters of a public nature relevant to the enquiry, but such judgments, orders or decrees are not conclusive proof of that which they state.
    • Illustration:
    • A sues B for trespass on his land. B alleges the existence of a public right of way over the land, which A denies.
    • The existence of a decree in favour of the defendant, in a suit by A against C for a trespass on the same land in which C alleged the existence of the same right of way, is relevant, but it is not conclusive proof that the right of way exists.”

Case to be determined on Evidence, not on Previous Judgment

In Seth Ramdayal Jat v. Laxmi Prasad, AIR 2009 SC 2463, 2009 (11) SCC 545, it is pointed out that the observation in Shanti Kumar Panda v. Shakuntala Devi [(2004) 1 SCC 438] that a judgment of a civil court shall be binding on the criminal court (but the converse is not true) may not be entirely correct being in conflict with a Three-Judge Bench decision of the Apex Court in K.G. Premshanker vs. Inspector of Police and anr. [(2002) 8 SCC 87]. It is observed in Seth Ramdayal Jat v. Laxmi Prasad as under:

  • “Mr. Sharma also relies upon a decision of this Court in Shanti Kumar Panda v. Shakuntala Devi [(2004) 1 SCC 438] to contend that a judgment of a civil court shall be binding on the criminal court but the converse is not true. Therein it was held:
  • “(3) A decision by a criminal court does not bind the civil court while a decision by the civil court binds the criminal court. An order passed by the Executive Magistrate in proceedings under Sections 145/146 of the Code is an order by a criminal court and that too based on a summary enquiry. The order is entitled to respect and wait before the competent court at the interlocutory stage. At the stage of final adjudication of rights, which would be on the evidence adduced before the court, the order of the Magistrate is only one out of several pieces of evidence.”
  • With respect, the ratio laid down therein may not be entirely correct being in conflict with a Three-Judge Bench decision of this Court in K.G. Premshanker vs. Inspector of Police and anr. [(2002) 8 SCC 87].”

A judgment in rem (Section 43is conclusive in criminal and civil proceedings

In Syed Askari Hadi Ali Augustine Imam v. State (Delhi Admn.), 2009- 5 SCC 528, it is held as under:

  • “Rendition of a final judgment which would be binding on the whole world being conclusive in nature shall take a long time. As and when a judgment is rendered in one proceeding subject to the admissibility thereof keeping in view Section 43 of the Evidence Act may be produced in another proceeding. It is, however, beyond any cavil that a judgment rendered by a probate court is a judgment in rem. It is binding on all courts and authorities. Being a judgment in rem it will have effect over other judgments. A judgment in rem indisputably is conclusive in a criminal as well as in a civil proceeding.” (Surinder Kumar v. Gian Chand, AIR 1957 SC 875, is relied on)

Civil or Criminal proceedings be stayed – Depends upon each case

In M.S. Sheriff v. State of Madras, AIR 1954 SC 397, the Constitution Bench considered whether a civil suit or a criminal case should be stayed in the event both are pending; and it was opined that the criminal matter should be given precedence.

 In P. Swaroopa Rani v. M. Hari Narayana @ Hari Babu, AIR 2008 SC 1884, it was held as under:

  • “13. It is, however, well-settled that in a given case, civil proceedings and criminal proceedings can proceed simultaneously. Whether civil proceedings or criminal proceedings shall be stayed depends upon the fact and circumstances of each case.” (Quoted in: Syed Askari Hadi Ali Augustine Imam v. State (Delhi Admn.), 2009- 5 SCC 528)

No Statutory Provision nor any Legal Principle – Findings in one treated as Final

Standards of proof required in the two proceedings are entirely different

In Iqbal Singh Marwah v. Meenakshi Marwah (R.C.Lahoti CJIB.N. Agrawal, Hotoi Khetoho Sema, G.P. Mathur & P.K. Balasubramanyan, JJ.), 2005-4 SCC 370, (relying inter alia on M.S. Sheriff v. State of Madras, AIR 1954 SC 397) it was held as under:

  • “32. Coming to the last contention that an effort should be made to avoid conflict of findings between the civil and criminal courts, it is necessary to point out that the standards of proof required in the two proceedings are entirely different. Civil cases are decided on the basis of preponderance of evidence while in a criminal case the entire burden lies on the prosecution and proof beyond reasonable doubt has to be given. There is neither any statutory provision nor any legal principle  that the findings recorded in one proceeding may be treated as final or binding in the other, as both the cases have to be decided on the basis of the evidence adduced therein.”

End Notes:

Sec. 11 Civil Procedure Code, 1908, reads as under:

  • Res Judicata -No Court shall try any suit or issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has been directly and substantially in issue in a former suit between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title, in a Court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised, and has been heard and finally decided by such Court.
  • Explanation I– The expression “former suit” shall denote a suit which has been decided prior to the suit in question whether or not it was instituted prior thereto.
  • Explanation II.- For the purposes of this section, the competence of a Court shall be determined irrespective of any provisions as to a right of appeal from the decision of such Court.
  • Explanation III.- The matter above referred to must in the former suit have been alleged by one party and either denied or admitted, expressly or impliedly, by the other.
  • Explanation IV.- Any matter which might and ought to have been made ground of defence or attack in such former suit shall be deemed to have been a matter directly and substantially in issue in such suit.
  • Explanation V.- Any relief claimed in the plaint, which is not expressly granted by the decree, shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been refused.
  • Explanation VI– Where persons litigate bona fide in respect of public right or of a private right claimed in common for themselves and others, all persons interested in such right shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to claim under the persons so litigating.
  • Explanation VII.- The provisions of this section shall apply to a proceeding for the execution of a decree and reference in this section to any suit, issue or former suit shall be construed as references, respectively, to proceedings for the execution of the decree, question arising in such proceeding and a former proceeding for the execution of that decree.
  • Explanation VIII.-An issue heard and finally decided by a Court of limited jurisdiction, competent to decide such issue, shall operate as res judicata in as subsequent suit, notwithstanding that such Court of limited jurisdiction was not competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised.

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

‘Janmam’ Right is FREEHOLD Interest and ‘Estate’ in Constitution

By Royal Proclamation of 1899, The Travancore Sircar became Janmi of Poonjar Raja’s Land

Taken from: Land Tenures, and History of Land Derivation, in Kerala

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

Synopsis

  • All Lands Belonged to one Janmi or Other; Sircar was the largest Janmi
  • Effect of Royal Proclamation, 1899 – Sircar became Janmi of Poonjar Lands
  • Further Development – Pandaravaka and Janmam Lands  
  • Pandaravaka Lands Nature- State landlord; right in Ryot derived from Sirkar
  • Pattom Proclamation of 1040 – converted Tenants into Permanent Leases
  • Edavagai Rights Acquisition Act, 1955
  • Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 & Land History
  • Land Belonged to Chief of Poonjar was Transferred to Travancore
  • Poonjar Raja was a Janmi
  • Royal proclamation dated 24.09.1899 – the Sircar became Janmi
  • All Lands Belonged to one Janmi or Other
  • Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971
  • ‘Pandaravaka lands’ and ‘Janmam lands’.
  • Kanan Devan Lands were ‘Pandaravaka lands’
  • Grant and the Right of Ownership
  • Grant – Land Continues to be Government lands

‘Jenmom Lands’ & Freehold Interest in Travancore

The lands granted by Erstwhile (Travancore or Cochin) Sircar continued to be lands belonging to the Sircar, and the grantees did not acquire absolute proprietary rights. It is made clear in the following decisions.

Kannan Devan Hills Produce v. The State Of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301 Kenan Devan Hills Concession (on grant deeds) fall within the expression “Janmam right” vested with Sircar. This land is dealt with under this heading, i.e. Pandaravaka Lands, i.e. lands belonging to the Sircar.
State of Kerala v. Kanan Devan Hills Produce Co. Ltd., (1991) 2 SCC 272Company did not acquire absolute proprietary rights over the Concession Area (on grant deeds)
Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86A coffee planter who holds lands under a grant  is not a Jenmi.
Majeed v. State of Kerala,(2006) 1 KerLT 19Petitioner contended – ‘grant’ was free hold property. The court did not accept.
Thomas Philip v. Forest Range Officer, 2021-2 KerLT 578Arguement that deed of ‘grant’ ‘for coffee or tea cultivation’ was not a grant, but a title deed was not accepted

All Lands Belonged to one Janmi or Other; Sircar was the largest Janmi

The Supreme Court, in Kannan Devan Hills Produce v. The State Of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301 (Sikri (Cj), Shelat, A.N. Ray, I.D. Dua, , H.R.  Khanna, JJ.) held that Kenan Devan Hills Concession (on grant deeds) fall within the expression “Janmam right” vested with Sircar. This land is dealt with under this heading, i.e. Pandaravaka Lands, i.e. lands belonging to the Sircar.

Points came for consideration were the following:

  • 15. If any person wants land in Travancore, he must obtain it from, and hold it of, some one of the body of Janmis, i.e. from the Sircar, which is the Chief Janmi, or from some other Janmi.” (Sir T. Madava Row’s Memo.) In Mr. Kunhiraman Nair’s Memo on Land -Tenures it is stated:
  • “At present the Sircar is the largest Janmi in the State. The janmam lands of all the petty Rajas subdued in the last few centuries and of several Madampies, have lapsed to the State, and other causes such as escheat & c, have tended, to increase the extent of the Janmam possession of the Sircar. About three- fourths of the whole land in the State belong on Janmam to the Sircar, the remaining one-fourth being distributed among the classes mentioned in para 32 It is interesting to note that in certain parts of Madras Janmam rights existed ‘and the ‘Government lands were called government janman lands.
  • (See Government Order No. 1902 Revenue dated November 1, 1926) Para 3 of that order deals with the janmam estates and reads as under :
  • “3. JANMABHOGAM.-Paragraph 11 of ‘the Board’s Proceedings-“Lands have neither to been des- cribed as-
  • Government Janmam, i.e. lands which are held directly from the Government and on which taram assessment and janmabhogam are paid to the Government and
  • private janmam, i.e. lands which are held directly from the Government and on which taram assessment but not janmabhogam is paid to the Government.”

In Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, it is also found as under:

  • “12. Janmam lands are precisely what are in Europe called allodial properties as contra-distinguished from feudal.
  • 13. It must be clear from what has been stated that all the lands in the Travancore belonged to a body of janmis. There are no lands that do not belong to some janmi or other.
  • 14. Be it remembered that the Sircar itself is one of these janmis, it having come to possess janmam lands by gift, purchase, escheat, confiscation and other ways. It is only a great janmi, great in the sense that its janmam property is extensive.”

.

This Article is Included in the Printed Book:
Saji Koduvath on
 Kerala Land History
&
KLR Act

Pages – 294: Rs. 850
Gpay/Whatapp/Phone No. 91-9387560056

.

Effect of Royal Proclamation, 1899 – Sircar became the Janmi

In Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, our Apex Court concluded that the effect of the Royal Proclamation of 1899 (regarding the land leased by Poonjar Chief to Munro) must be that the Sircar became the Janmi. It was observed as under:

  • “It seems to us that on the material placed before us it is difficult to resist the conclusion that the lands in dispute fall within the expression “Janmam right”. If, as stated in Travancore Land Revenue Manual Volume IV, there are no lands that do not belong to a Janmi, and the Sircar becomes a janmi by gift, escheat, confiscation or otherwise, the effect of the Royal Proclamation of 1899 must be that the Sircar became the Janmi.”
  • Note: Poonjar Chief or Raja had subjugated himself to Travancore Sircar or Maharaja.

Pandaravaka and Janmam Lands Further Development

After making a definite finding that the land with Poonjar Raja was a janmam land and it became vested with Travancore Sircar, an alternative argument was considered by the Apex Court in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, as under:

  • “Assuming that the lands do not fall with ‘Janmam Right’, we may now deal with the second point:
  • In the Travancore Land Revenue Manual, Vol. III, Revised Edition, 1936, Registered Lands are described as follows
    • Registered lands are lands registered in the revenue accounts as held by or granted to individuals, families, corporations or institutions, and comprise all the different kinds of tenures bearing either the full assessment or wholly or partially free of assessment. These lands comprise not only the areas brought under cadastral survey but include also coffee, tea, rubber and other estates, cardamom gardens and other special grants outside the limits of cadastral survey.”
  • The Registered Lands include inter alia, (a) Pandaravaka lands and (b) Janmam lands. Regarding Pandaravaka lands it is stated :
  • “Pandaravaka or Sircar lands are, lands of which the State is the landlord or the Jenmi and whatever rights which vest in the ryots are derived from the Sircar.”

In the Travancore Land Revenue Manual, Vol. III, Registered Lands are described as under.

  • “Registered lands are lands registered in the revenue accounts as held by or granted to individuals, families, corporations or institutions, and comprise all the different kinds of tenures bearing either the full assessment or wholly or partially free of assessment. …” (Quoted in: Kannan Devan Hills Produce v.  The State of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301)

Section 4(1) of the Kerala Grants and Leases (Modification of Rights) Act, 1980, reads as under:

  • “4. Grantees and lessees to pay current seigniorage rates – Notwithstanding anything contained in any law for the time being in force, or in any grant, lease deed, contract or agreement, or in any judgment, decree or order of any court, with effect on and from the commencement of this Act, every grantee and every lessee shall be bound to pay to the Government the seigniorage rates in force for the time being for the timber cut and removed from any land held by him under the grant or lease.”

A Janmam Right is FREEHOLD interest described as “Estate” in Constitution

“In common law jurisdictions such as England and Wales, Australia, Canada, and Ireland, a freehold is the common mode of ownership of real property, or land, and all immovable structures attached to such land. It is in contrast to a leasehold, in which the property reverts to the owner of the land after the lease period expires or otherwise lawfully terminates” (Wikipedia). It doesn’t mean that such lands are free from payment of tax or revenue to the Government.

Travancore State Manual Vol. III published by the Travancore Government in 1940, says as to the class of jenmom land which were entirely freehold and exempted from payment of any kind of tax to Government under any circumstances. These were the special properties given by the Ruler to certain individuals considering their valid services or to certain institutions including temples.

‘Jenmom’ was the proprietary interest of a landlord in lands (Kavalappara Kottarathil Kochuni v. States of Madras and Kerala, AIR 1960 SC 1080). Subba Rao, J., observed as under:

  • “Under the definition, any janmam right in Kerala is an “estate”. A janmam right is the freehold interest in a property situated in Kerala.
  • Moor in his “Malabar Law and Custom” describes it as a hereditary proprietorship. A janmam interest may, therefore, be described as “proprietary interest of a landlord in lands” and such a janmam right is described as “estate” in the Constitution. Substituting “janmam right” in place of “estate” in cl. 2 (b), the “rights” in Art. 31 A (1) (a) will include the rights of a proprietor and subordinate tenure-holders in respect of a janmam right.
  • It follows that the extinguishment or modification of a right refers to the rights of a proprietor or a subordinate tenure-holder in the janmam right. A proprietor called the janmi or his subordinate tenure-holder has certain defined rights in janmam right”. Land-tenures in Malabar are established by precedents or immemorial usage. Janmam right is a freehold interest in property and the landlord is called  “janmi”. He can create many subordinate interests or tenures therein.” (Quoted in: Kannan Devan Hills Produce v.  The State of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301)

In the Jenmi and Kudiyan Regulation, V of 1071, Jenmom land is defined as-

  • “land (other than Pandaravaka, Sripandaravaka, Kandukrishi or Sircar Devaswom land, recognised as such in the Sircar accounts) which is either entirely exempt from Government tax or if assessed to public revenue, is subject to Rajabhogam only, and the occupancy right in; which is created for a money consideration (Kanom) and is also subject to the payment of Michavaram or customary dues and the payment of the renewal fees.”

The Travancore Jenmi and Kudiyan Act, V of 1071, defines ‘Jenmi’ as under:

  • ” ‘Jenmi’ means a person in whom the proprietary right over Jenmom lands is vested and includes, in the case of Devaswoms owning Jenmom lands, the managing Trustee or Trustees of the Institution for the time being.”

In Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86, it was observed with respect to the ‘Janmi’ as under:

  • “What the definition stresses is the proprietary right in the land. We may in this connection extract a passage from the Memorandum of Mr. Kunhiraman Nair, one of the Judges of the High Court of Travancore, about 70 years ago:
  • “The term ‘Jenmom’ was originally used by the Brahmins exclusively to denote their allodial proprietorship and is still used in that sense in courts and cutcherries in Travancore, though in other parts of Malayalam and in popular parlance in Travancore, the term is now universally employed to denote the full proprietary right in the land of any class of people”.

Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, further observed as under:

  • “18. Coming to the second category of lands, viz., Jenmom lands, the Jenmies have full proprietary rights in the soil. The origin of the title of the jenmies is shrouded in obscurity but the development of this branch of land tenure was on the assumption that Parasurama who conquered the land of Kerala or, as mythology would put it, reclaimed it from the sea, gave it as gift to Malayala Brahmins or Nambudiries. The rest of the people cultivated the lands under the Jenmies. In course of time, the Jenmies endowed certain temples built by them with lands and thus the Devaswom lands came into existence. These were similar in nature and incidents to Jenmom lands. These lands were enjoyed free of tax, the State imposing a light assessment only when the Jenmies alienated the land to others.

In the Travancore Land Revenue Manual Volume 4 it is, stated

  • “9. A Jamni differs from such landlords in that he does not derive his title to lands from the Sircar & Co. His title to the Janmam lands is inherent. …….. (Quoted in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218)

Nature of Pandaravaka Lands – State is landlord; rights in Ryots only derived from Sirkar

The nature of Pandaravaka lands is explained in the Travancore Land Revenue Manual (Revised Edition), Volume Ill, Part I, page 6, as follows:

  • “Pandaravaka or Sirkar lands are lands of which the State is the landlord or the Jenmi and whatever rights which vest in the ryots are derived from the Sirkar. They form the major portion of the registered lands.” (Quoted in -Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86)

Pattom proclamation of 1040 – converted Tenants into Permanent Leases

Before 1040 M. E. the holders of Pandaravaka lands were mere tenants-at-will as the tenements created by the Sirkar till then was resumable and were of the nature of temporary leases just like tenements created by private jenmis. The pattom proclamation of 1040 converted them into permanent leases and conferred on the holders thereof permanent rights of occupancy, heritable and alienable.” (Quoted in -Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86)

Edavagas:

The lands in the following areas were recognized in Sirkar Accounts as Edavagas:-

  • 1.  Sreepadam.  
    • It comprised in 7 pakuthies in Chirayinkil Taluk.
    • These villages were originally hereditary domain of Ranis Attangal. Subsequently the sovereignty was transferred to Travancore Maha Raja.
    • Rent was collected from this land and accounted as public revenue.
  • 2.  Kilimanur.
    • It comprised in 2 pakuthies in Chirayinkil Taluk.
    • This land was granted to Kilimanur Koil Thampurans.
    • The land revenue was assigned to the family of Koil Thampurans.
  • 3.  Edappally.
    • It comprised in Edappally North and Edappally South Pakuthies in Alangad Taluk; Thrukkunnappuzha in Karthikappally Taluk; Kallooppara in Thiruvalla Taluk; and Vazhakkulam in Kunnathunad Taluk.
    • The land revenue was assigned to the Chief of the Edappally Edavaga.
  • 4. Vanjipuzha
    • The administration and collection of rent from the tenants in this Edavaga was left to be settled by the Chief in 3 Pakuthies in Peermedu Taluk.
  • 5.  Poonjar
    • It comprised in Poonjar Pakuthi in Peermedu Taluk.
    • This Edavaga was the property of Poonjar Rajas.
    • They received grants from early sovereigns of Travancore.
    • According to the tradition, the Edavaga was purchased by the Rajas from Thekkumkur and from annexation of Thekkumkur by Travancore, the Poonjar Chief became the vassal of Travancore.

Edavagais

In Harska Turst v. State of Kerala, ILR  1960 Ker 345, 1960 Ker LT 378, it is observed as under:

  • “ The Edavagais were petty kingdoms or principalities which remained independent or quasi independent until the consolidation of Travancore in the 18th century. They were outside the State Ayacut and paid no land tax. The Chiefs, however, in exercise of their ancient sovereign powers, collected Melvaram or Melvara Rajgbhogam from the jenmis inside the Edavagais (See: 1945 T. L. R. 581 and 728).”

In Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, 2018-2 KLT 369, it is observed as under:

  • “The Edavagai Act intended acquisition and extinguishing of all Edavagai rights over the Edavagais of Edapally, Kilimanoor, Poonjar and Vanjipuzha; then vested respectively in the Edapally Swaroopam, Kilimanoor Kottaram, Poonjar Koickal and Vanjipuzha Madom. Obviously Edavagai Chiefs were the Vassals of the Travancore-Maharaja and had rights over the lands within their jurisdiction as jenmies and otherwise, for collection of rent.”

Edavagai Rights Acquisition Act, 1955

Harska Turst v. State of Kerala, ILR  1960 Ker 345, 1960 Ker LT 378, observed as under:

  •  “8. The rights of the Poonjar Chief were acquired by the State under the Edavagai Rights Acquisition Act, 1955, which came into force on 1-1-1956. Edavagai rights is defined in S.2(5) of that Act as follows:
  • Edavagai rights means all the rights and privileges vested in
    • the Edapally Swaroopam,
    • the Kilimanoor Kottaram,
    • the Poonjar Koickal and
    • the Vanjipuzha Matom
  •  relating to heir respective Edavagais and includes in the case of the Poonjar Koickal the right to receive Melvaram in respect of lands situate within the Edavagai of Poonjar.
  • 9. Sub-s.(1) of S.3 of the Act provided that on and from its commencement, the privileges of the Edapally Swaroopam and the Poonjar Koickal relating to Excise Revenues of the Edavagais of Edapally and Poonjar shall stand extinguished, and sub-s.(2):
    • “All the Edavagai rights of the Edapally Swaroopam and the Poonjar Koickal other than those mentioned in sub-section [1] and all the Edavagai rights of the Kilimanoor Kottaram and the Vanjipuzha Matom over their respective Edavagais, and all rights, title and interests vested in the Chiefs, in respect of waste lands or thanathu lands which have been assigned by them on Kuthagapattom or other like demises,
    • and all rights, title and interests vested in the Chiefs, in respect of waste lands or thanathu lands which have not been so assigned by them are hereby acquired by Government, and all such rights, title and interests shall vest in Government free of all encumbrances.”
  • Sub-s.(2) of S.4 fixed the compensation payable by the Government to the Edavagais for the acquisition of the rights, title, and interests mentioned in sub-s.(2) of S.3 at the amounts as specified in the Schedule, being 8 1/3 times the annual income of the respective Edavagais less five per cent for collection charges. It is clear from these provisions that what was acquired was the Chiefs rights, and it is difficult to understand how the acquisition of those rights can possibly affect the right of the State to tax the lands concerned.
  • 10. The right to basic tax is in no sense a manifestation of the Chiefs right to Melvaram. It is a right founded on the Constitution and not on the acquisition of the rights of the Edavagais.”

Edavagai Rights Acquisition Act, did Not change Character of Holdings

Lease holdings of the Edavagais continued as Lease holdings with liability to pay Tax.

In Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, 2018-2 KLT 369, it is pointed out-The Edavagai Rights Acquisition Act, 1955 did not change the character of the holdings and it only interfered with the right, title and interest of the respective Edavagais; they made made to vest with the Government. The effect was that the liability of the tenants to pay rent or other levies to the Edavagais stood altered as liability to tax imposed by the Government.

The 1955 Act is analysed in Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, as under:

  • “There was also a saving clause in Section 11 which exempted from vesting, those lands held by the Chiefs as a Jenmy or as a pattadar under the Government and those held by the families, already settled and assessed, as also those lands in the direct possession of the Chiefs and any of the members of the respective families.”

Then it is observed by the High Court of Kerala as under:

  • “Hence land existing on a lease from either of the Edavagais or as freehold on valid purchase made, continues in the possession and ownership of the land holder/lessee and the liability to payment of rent or other levies to the Edavagais would stand altered as liability to tax imposed by the Government. This does not change the character of the holdings and only interferes with the right, title and interest of the respective Edavagais; which stands vested with the Government.
  • It was pointed out-
    • “The ‘Edavagai Rights’ is defined under sub-section (5), as the rights and privileges which vested in the families and ‘Chief’ was defined under sub-section (6) as the senior male member of the respective families, in whom the management of the family is vested.”
    • “The right, title and interest within the respective Edavagais, existing in favour of the families and the Chiefs, by the enactment, stood vested in the Government, free of all encumbrances.”
  • Note: Here the High Court of Kerala (in Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, 2018-2 KLT 369) did not consider the effect of grant.

Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 & Land History

The Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 was enacted for the resumption of Kannan Devan lands, other than plantations in Kannan Devan Hills Village in Kottayam District and for the distribution of such lands for cultivation and purposes ancillary thereto. (Kottayam District Koottu Krishi Karshakasangam v. Stateof Kerala, 2015)

Constitution Bench of our Apex Court, in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, upheld the Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act.

Land Belonged to Chief of Poonjar was Transferred to Travancore

The Chief of Poonjar (H.H. the Maharaja – as mentioned in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, Para 11) granted a lease for coffee cultivation (First Poonjat Concession) in 1877 without limit of time to late J.D. Munro of a tract of land known as Anchunad and Kannan Devan Hills. The chief was the Janmam holder (proprietary interest of a landlord in lands – Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, Para 11.

Agreement dated 18.09.1899 was entered into between Rohini Thirunal Kerala Varma Raja, the then Chief of Poonjar Koyikkal, and the Travancore Government, under which the ownership of the land described in the First Poonjat Concession had been transferred to the Government of Travancore.(Kottayam District Koottu Krishi Karshakasangam v. Stateof Kerala, 2015)

Poonjar Raja was a Janmi

Our Apex Court in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, observed that the Poonjar Raja was a Janmi when the First Concession was granted and the whole lands have fallen within the expression ‘Janmam right’.

On 2.8.1886, the agreement called the Second Pooniat Concession was entered into modifying the previous deed of ratification. By this time a company called the North Travancore Land Planting and Agricultural Society, Ltd. had acquired the rights in the said land.

The Poonjar Chief surrendered certain rights, to Travancore Sircar, which he had been exercising over the tract known as Anjanad and Kannan Devan Hills. The Apex Court, in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, considered the effect of this surrender, with reference of its previous judgment in Kavalappara Kottarathil Kochuni v. State of Madras (1960 (3) SCR 887) and observed, on the materials placed before the Court, that it was difficult to resist the conclusion that the lands in dispute fall within the expression ‘Janmam right’.

But the Royal Proclamation dated 24.9.1899 changed the situation.

Royal proclamation dated 24.09.1899 – the Sircar became Janmi

By a Royal proclamation dated 24.09.1899, the rights of the Poonjar Edavagai over the said tracts became vested in the Government of Travancore. The persons in possession of such lands were treated only as lessees under the Government. Government of Kerala, successor of the former Government of Travancore, was vested with the right, title and interest of the former Government.

As already explained, while perusing the nature of ‘janmam right’ it was held by our Apex  Court in Kavalappara Kottarathil Kochuni v. State of Madras, 1960-3 S.C.R. 887, Subba Rao, J., observed:

  • (i) As per the definition in Royal proclamation, any janmam right in Kerala is an “estate”.
  • (ii) A janmam right is the freehold interest in a property situated in Kerala (with liability to pay tax).
  • (iii) Moor in his “Malabar Law and Custom” describes it as a hereditary proprietorship.
  • (iv) A janmam interest may, therefore, be described as “proprietary interest of a landlord in lands“, and
  • (v) Such a janmam right is described as “estate” in the Constitution.” (Quoted in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218)

All Lands Belonged to one Janmi or Other

As already stated, in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, it is observed as under:

  • “13. It must be clear from what has been stated that all the lands in the Travancore belonged to a body of janmis. There are no lands that do not belong to some janmi or other.
  • 14. Be it remembered that the Sircar itself is one of these janmis, it having come to possess janmam lands by gift, purchase, escheat, confiscation and other ways. It is only a great janmi, great in the sense that its janmam property is extensive.”

Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971

Later the Kerala Government found that a large extent of agricultural lands in Kannan Devan Hills Village had not been converted into plantations and such lands are not required for the purpose of existing plantations. Accordingly, the Government decided to resume such lands for distribution for cultivation and purposes ancillary thereto. Consequent to this, Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 was enacted. (Kottayam District Koottu Krishi Karshakasangam v. Stateof Kerala, 2015)

Kannan Devan Hills Produce v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301

The Supreme Court, in Kannan Devan Hills Produce v. The State Of Kerala, AIR 1972 SC 2301 (Sikri (Cj), Shelat, A.N. Ray, I.D. Dua, , H.R.  Khanna, JJ.) considered –

  • Whether the Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 was protected from challenge under Art. 31A of the Constitution. That is, whether these lands fall within expression ‘Janmam right’ or “estate”  in art. 31A of the Constitution.
  • If the lands acquired were an “estate”, or with ‘Janmam right’ owned by the Company, the land reform enactment did not have stood valid. (Note: Kesavananda Bharathi Case came in 1973.)

According to the petitioner Company, ‘it has at all times been holding, cultivating, enjoying and dealing with the Concession Land as the absolute, owner thereof’.

The position taken by the State was –

  • that the petitioner Company was not an absolute owner, but only a lessee under the Government, especially since the 1899 Proclamation issued by H.H. the Maharaja.
  • that the petitioner’s predecessor-in-title was John Danial Munro, who obtained, the first Pooniat Concession from Punjar Valiya Raja, on July 11, 1877. This Concession recited that an, application was made for the grant of the above property to the Raja for coffee cultivation.
  • It was further stipulated in the Concession that
    •  “you shall clear and remove the jungles, and reclaim the waste lands within the said boundaries, and cultivate them with coffee up to the year 1058 and from the year 1059, pay our rent collector a yearly rent at the rate of 3,000 British Rupees.”
  • H.H. the Maharaja executed a deed of ratification, dated November 28, 1878, by which the Government ratified the First Pooniat Concession dated July 11, 1877.
  • This deed of ratification laid down –  the Government permitted the grantee to hold the land.
  • Clause 5 of the Deed of Ratification, is important. It pro- vides, inter alia, that
    • “the grantee can appropriate to his own use within the limits of the grant all timber except the following and such as may hereafter be reserved namely, Teak, Cole Teak, Blackwood, Ebony, Karoonthaly, Sandalwood; should he carry any timber without the limits of the grant it will be subject to the payment of Kooteekanom, or Customs Duty……….
  • The eleventh clause reads – “The land granted shall be held in perpetuity as heritable or transferable property, but every case of transfer of the grant by the grantee shall be immediately made known to the Sircar, who shall have the right of apportioning the tax, if a portion of the holding is transferred.”
  • The twelfth clause stipulates – “The discovery of useful mines and treasures within the limits of the grant shall be communicated to the Sircar, and the grantee shall in respect to such mines and treasures, abide by the decision of the Sircar.”
  • The sixteenth clause provides – “The grantee shall be bound to preserve the forest trees growing on the banks of the principal streams running through the tract to the extent of fifty yards in breadth on each side of the stream, the Underwood only being permitted to be cleared and coffee planted instead. Similarly he shall also be bound to preserve the, trees about the crest of the hill to the extent of a quarter of a mile on each side.”
  • A Royal Proclamation was made on September 24, 1899 provided that ‘Anjanad and Kannan Devan Hills is an integral portion of our territory and that the inhabitants of the said tract are ‘hereby informed and warned that they are not to pay any taxes, rents or dues, or make any other payment to the Poonjar Chief.

The Apex Court found the following:

  • The janmam rights (even if remained with the Poonjar Chief, H.H. the Maharaja became the janmi by the Royal proclamation of 1899.
  • The nature of ‘janmam right’ has been examined by this Court previously in Kavalappara Kottarathil Kochuni v. State of Madras [1960] 3 S.C.R. 887 Subba Rao, J., observed that janmam right in Kerala is an “estateand it is the freehold interest.
  • The Sircar itself is one of these janmisand it was the largest Janmi. It came to possess janmam lands by gift, purchase, escheat, confiscation and other ways
  • If any person wants land in Travancore, he must obtain it from, some one of the body of Janmis, i.e. from the Sircar, which is the Chief Janmi, or from some other Janmi.

The Apex Court held that it was difficult to resist the conclusion that the lands in dispute fall within the expression “Janmam right” vested with Sircar.

The Apex Court further found –

  • The Registered Lands included inter alia, (a) Pandaravaka lands and (b) Janmam lands.
  • Regarding Pandaravaka lands it is stated : “Pandaravaka or Sircar lands are, lands of which the State is the landlord or the Jenmi and whatever rights which vest in the ryots are derived from the Sircar.”
  • Kenan Devan Hills Concession is dealt with under this heading, i.e. Pandaravaka Lands.
  • It thus appears that the State grants like
    • Kanan Devan Hills Concession and
    • Ten Square Miles Concession, and
    • Munro Lands,
  • were treated under the heading ‘Pandaravaka Lands, i.e. lands belonging to the Sircar.

On these findings The Apex Court upheld the Kannan Devan Hills (Resumption of Lands) Act, 1971 and dismissed the challenge of the Company.

Position of jenmi

This definition is intended for the purposes of the Regulation, which regulates the relations between Janmis and their Kanapattom tenants. A Janmi has not only Kanapattom tenants but has other tenants as well holding on Adima Anubhogam, Thiruvulam and similar other tenures and the Regulation is not concerned with the latter class of tenants in whose case the ordinary law of landlord and tenant is applicable. Revenue law, on the other hand, makes no distinction between a Kanapattom tenant and a non Kanapattom tenant if he holds under a Janmi recognised in the revenue accounts.

Hence for revenue purposes, janmam lands were lands that were entered in the revenue accounts under the heads of Devaswomvaka, Brahmamaswomvaka and Madampimarvaka, i.e., to say a land to be classed as Janmom land should have been recognised as such in the revenue accounts. The mere circumstance that a land belongs to a janmi does not bring it under janmom tenure and conversely the mere fact that janmom land is absolutely transferred to a non janmi does not any the less detract from its original character. Janmom  lands are allodial properties and the proprietary right in them is considered as inherent in the individual and not derived from the State. The Apex Court in Kannan Devan Hills Produce Company Ltd. v. State of Kerala, 1972-2 SCC 218, observed that, the State grants like Kannan Devan Hills Concession and Ten square Miles Concession and Munro Lands, were treated under the heading ‘Pandaravaka Lands’, i.e., lands belonging to the Sircar. (Kottayam District Koottu Krishi Karshakasangam v. Stateof Kerala, 2015)

Kerala Grants and Leases (Modification of Rights) Act, 1980

Kerala Grants and Leases (Modification of Rights) Act, 1980 was enacted with a view to modify the rights under grants and leases, for cultivation, made by the former States of Travancore and Cochin. The Act was made for the reason that such grants and leases brought about heavy loss to the Government and they resulted in huge un-earned profits to the grantees and lessees; and it was found necessary in the public interest that such undue profits to a few person were to be utilised for the common benefit of the general public. The Act required the Grantees and lessees to pay current seigniorage rates (for the trees cut by the grantees and leases) and rent to the Government. The Collector was authorised to revise assessment and rent.

Grant and the Right of Ownership

In  Majeed v. State of Kerala,(2006) 1 KerLT 19, the State demanded seigniorage under  Kerala Grants and Leases Modification of Rights Act, 1980. Petitioner was a person who purchased trees from Travancore Rubber and Tea Company Ltd. Disputes and questions arose in the light of of the Kerala Grants & Leases (Modification of Rights) Act, 1980. Admittedly there was originally a grant. The scope of ‘grant’ was disputed. The contention of the petitioner was that it was the free hold property. The court did not accept the argument.

  • The rejected contention was stated by the Court as – “The petitioner contends that the respondents have no authority to demand seigniorage in respect of the timber of the trees planted by the company, as the property in question granted in favour of the company is not a leasehold property, but a free hold property, as is revealed by the order of grant Exts. R2(i).”

Grant – Land Continues to be Government lands

During second half of the 19th century in erstwhile Kingdoms in South India gave very large extent of Government lands were on “grant” to various persons (mostly foreigners) or institutions for putting up plantation.

The Royal Proclamation made on 24.9.1899 recites as follows;

  • “Whereas we deem it expedient to clearly declare the position of this State in respect of the tract known as Anjanad and Kannan Devan Hills, we are pleased to declare as follows; (1) The tract known as Anjanad and Kannan Devan Hills is an integral portion of our territory and all rights over it belong to and vest in us.
  • (2) The inhabitants of the said tract and all others whom it may concern are hereby informed and warned that they are not to pay any taxes, rents or dues, or make any other payment to the Poonjar Chief or his representatives or to any person other than an officer of our Government authorised in this behalf, in respect of anything in, upon or connected with the said tract, with the exception, however, of a payment of rupee three thousand per annum from the successors in interests of the late Mr.J.D.Munro of London and Peermade now being paid to the said Chief in virtue of a Lease deed executed by the said Chief in favour of the said late Mr.J.D. Munro on the 11th July, 1877, and which we are pleased to permit the said Chief to continue to receive.
  • (3) The lands within the said tract will be dealt with by our Government in the same manner as lands in other parts of our  territory with such modifications as the circumstances and conditions of the said tract may require and all taxes, rents and dues hitherto paid, and that may hereafter be imposed by our Government shall, with the exception of the sum of rupees three thousand aforesaid, be paid by the, occupants of lands within the said tract whose occupation has been or may be recognized or confirmed by our Government, and of such portions of the said tract as may from time to time hereafter, with the permission of our Government, be occupied, to the officers of our Government who may be authorised in this behalf.”

Landmark Enactments in Land Tenure Reforms that Culminated in KLR Act, 1963

Royal Pattom Proclamation of 1040 (1865 AD) – Fist Gigantic Step

During the second half of the 19th century several Royal Proclamations were promulgated with a view to confer rights in the land to the tenants who were the real cultivators. Majority of the people were engaged in agriculture; but the lands belonged to Jenmies (Sircar, Brahmins or Devaswoms). The cultivators held the land under lease arrangement known as Pattom, Otti, Inam and Viruthi etc. One of the important Regulations came in the line of agrarian reforms was the Royal Proclamation of 1040 ME (1865 AD). It pertained to Pattom (lease) tenements created (by Sircar) on Sirkar lands known as Pandaravaka lands. It is exalted as the Magna Carta of peasants of Travancore it being led to conferring land to tillers, step by step.

Proclamation of 1040 (1865) – No Proprietary Rights; But, Permanency to Cultivators

Till 1040 ME (1865 AD), the agriculturists, who held the Pandaravaka lands under Pattom arrangement, were liable to be treated as mere tenants-at-will; the land being resumable resumable (by the Government) at any time, as they were in the nature of temporary leases just like tenements created by private jenmis.

The Pattom Proclamation of 1040 (1865) converted the pattom arrangement on pandaravaka lands into permanent leases and conferred on the holders thereof permanent rights of occupancy, heritable and alienable. Though the Proclamation of 1040 ME did not expressly confer full proprietary rights on tenants, it gave the tenants permanency in the Pandaravaka soil; and it recorded the fist gigantic step towards the land reforms in Travancore.

Royal Proclamation of 1061 (1886) Brings in Further Radical Changes

Paragraph 9 of the Proclamation of 1061 says, with reference to Royal Proclamation of the 21st Edavam 1040, as regards Pandarapattam lands, as under:

  • “these lands were originally the absolute property of Government, and the tenants were mere tenants-at-will; but, by the Royal Proclamation of the 21st Edavam 1040, Government generously waived all right to these lands, and declared them to be the private, hereitable, saleable property of the holders.”

Section 22 of the Settlement Proclamation of 1061 (1886) made radical changes in land tenure.

Those changes were:

  • (1)   no debt shall be recognised as due to the holder;
  • (2) no interest shall be deducted from the Pattom on such debt;  
  • (3) no reduction of debt or a corresponding enhancement of the Sirkar demand shall be made when such properties were transferred by sale.
  • The properties held on the tenures in question shall be recognised as so many favourably assessed lands or Inams and confirmed to the holders as such.

Clause 7 of Section 24 of the Proclamation provided as under:

  • “There shall be no further interference on the part of the Government with these free holds, except such as might be necessary for the punctual realization of the quit rent payable”.(Quoted in: Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86.)

Jenmi & Kudiyan Act (1896) and Amendments – Made Kudiyan, Full Owner

‘Jenmam land’ is defined in the Jenmi and Kudiyan Regulation, V of 1071 (1896), as land (other than Pandaravaka, Sripandaravaka, Kandukrishi or Sircar Devaswom land, recognised as such in the Sircar accounts) which is either entirely exempt from Government tax or if assessed to public revenue, is subject to Rajabhogam only, and the occupancy right in which is created for a  money consideration (Kanom) and is also subject to the payment of Michavaram or customary dues and the payment of the renewal fees.

This definition is intended for the purposes of the Regulation, which regulates the relations between Janmis and their Kanapattom tenants. A Janmi has not only Kanapattom tenants but has other tenants as well holding on Adima Anubhogam, Thiruvulam and similar other tenures and the Regulation is not concerned with the latter class of tenants in whose case the ordinary law of landlord and tenant is applicable. Revenue law, on the other hand, makes no distinction between a Kanapattom tenant and a non Kanapattom tenant if he holds under a Janmi recognised in the revenue accounts.

Before Travancore Jenmi and Kudiyan Act, V of 1071 (1896), lands were granted as Inams by the Sovereign to Devaswoms and Brahmin jenmies. (Sreekumaran Kesavan Namboori v. Gopalan Madhavan, 1956 KLT 256).

The Jenmi & Kudiyan Regulation of 1071 ME (1896) was passed to stop the injustices perpetrated on the Kudiyans (bond-servants). It was amended by the Amendment Regulation of 1108 ME. The report of the Committee which led to the Amendment Regulation of 1108 ME reads as under:

  • “6. The outstanding feature of the amendment is that it lays the ghost of the Jenmis’ ownership for ever. The Jenmi has been expropriated and reduced to the position of a mere rentier. Refined considerations in the interests of the reciprocal rights and obligations have all been swept away. The solution of the problem looks like the cutting of the Gordian knot and the process is rather rough and coarse by the side of the Regulation of 1071. The measure is eminently democratic. To some extent it is socialistic also. For, one of the aims of some schools of social reformers, is to make the labourer free by breaking down the relationship of master and servant and similar situations involving superiority and inferiority by means of legislative interference. Whatever it be, to all appearance the jenmi has received the knock-out-blow. Yet it may be asked whether he has not good reason to come back smiling. For what he is entitled to by way of michavaram, renewal fees and customary dues has been consolidated and spread out with the advantage that he is assured of the payment without any worry. The burden on the Kudiyan is clearly fixed and the door has been closed on the chance of his escape. It remains to be seen who is the better for the present amendment of the Regulation”. (Quoted in: Harrisons Malayalam Limited v. State of Kerala, 2018-2 KHC 719; 2018-2 KLT 369)

The changes introduced by the Amended Regulation reads as under:

  • “i. Jenmi is not the owner of the land hereafter, his right being confined to the receipt of Jenmikaram as fixed by the law;
  • ii. the Kudiyan is the full owner of the land subject only to the payment of the Jenmikaram to the Jenmi;
  • iii. Jenmikaram is to be regulated and controlled by the Settlement Pattamicham and not by the Kanappattam contract except till the next general Land Revenue Settlement and, that even, only subject to certain statutory limitations;
  • iv. no renewals are hereafter obligatory;
  • v. Jenmis’ dues may be fractioned out and paid annually and in money as prescribed by the Statute;
  • vi. the rate of interest on arrears of Jenmikaram has been reduced to nine per cent whether payable in kind or in money when collected by the Jenmy direct, or under the provisions of chapter III or otherwise through Court, and to six per cent when collected by the Government under the provisions of chapter IV;
  • vii. The period of limitation for recovery of arrears of Jenmikaram has been reduced from the former period of twelve years to a period of six years;
  • viii. Government have undertaken the collection of Jenmikaram and payment thereof over to the Jenmi;
  • ix. in the case of Government realising the Jenmikaram under the provisions of chapter IV only the land on which the Jenmikaram is a charge shall be sold for arrears of jenmikaram, though this restriction may not apply as regards the movables of the defaulter;
  • x. Section 45 enacts an equitable method of the distribution between Jenmi and Kudiyan of compensation money granted by the Sircar when the Government compulsorily acquire or purchase jenmom lands”.

Cochin Settlement Proclamation of 1080 (1905)

As shown above, the Sirkar or Pandaravaka tenure holders of the Kingdom of Cochin were conferred with fixity of tenure by the Settlement Proclamation of 1080 (1905).

The Settlement Proclamation of 1905 covered all lands in the State, including lands held under concessional tenures or as tax-free. The Rules made under the Act contained the procedure for the issue of title deeds in respect of lands held under such grants. As stated above, Clause 13 of the Settlement Proclamation provided that the holders of Pandaravaka Verumpattom lands would acquire ‘full rights to the soil of the lands‘ they held. Settlement Proclamation of Cochin of 1080 (1905) Clause 13 provided as under:

  • “At present holders of Pandaravaka Verumpattom lands do not possess any property in the soil. As we are convinced that proprietorship in soil will induce a cultivator to improve his land and thereby add to agricultural prosperity of the country, we hereby declare that our Verumpattom holders of lands shall, after the new settlement has been introduced, acquire full rights to the soil of the lands they hold and that their rights shall remain undisturbed so long as they regularly pay the State revenue, provided that the rights to metals and minerals, possessed by the State in all lands under whatever tenures they are held, are reserved to the State”.

The Settlement Proclamation of 1905 was expressly repealed by the Land Tax Act of 1955 of the united State of Travancore-Cochin; but this Act, as a whole, was struck down by the Supreme Court in AIR 1961 SC 552. In Kesavan Vadhyan Namboodri v. State of Kerala, AIR 1968 Ker 279, it was pointed out that this Proclamation of 1080 (1905) stood repealed by implication by the Land Tax Act of 1961.

Section 4 of the Cochin Verumpattomdars Act, 1118, reads as under:

  • “Notwithstanding any law, custom or contract to the contrary, every verumpattomdar shall have fixity of tenure in respect of his holding and shall not be evicted therefrom except as provided in Section 8 of this act.”

Section 4 concerned with the fixity of tenure, that is, fixity of the period of holding, possession or enjoyment of the land. The effect of such a mere conferment of fixity of tenure was not to continue the lease beyond the period specified therein, but to give to the person who continues to remain in possession of the land after the lease has come to an end the status of a statutory tenant. (Ittiravi Namboodiri Vs. Krishnankutty Menon AIR 1964 Ker 298. Dr. K. A. Dhairyawan V. J. R. Thakur, AIR 1958 SC 789, referred to.)

Travancore Jenmi and Kudiyan (Amendment) Act, 1935

‘Proceedings of the Travancore Sri Chitra State Council’ recorded the speech of Kayalam Paramesvaran Pillai (Additional Head Sircar Vakil) while moving the Travancore Jenmi and Kudiyan Regulation (Amendment) Bill, on 28th May 1935, as under:

  • “Sir, I beg to move that the Travancore Jenmi Kudiyan Regulation (Amendment) Bill, as passed by the Sri Mulam Assembly, be taken into consideration. I am sure that honourable members have carefully gone through the Bill and that it is not necessary for me to explain the principles underlying the Bill at great length. It will be noticed that the main point for which this Bill is proposed is in regard to jenmikaram in respect of cherikal lands held on Kanapattom. Honourable members know what a kanapattom transaction is. It is a demise by a jenmi to a person called kudiyan in respect of a Jenmam land on receipt by the jenmi of an amount as loan, called Kanam. The kudiyan has to pay a rent or pattom to the jenmi. The jenmi has to pay interest in respect of the kanam money advanced. The net result is that the kudiyan pays to the jenmi the rent or pattom minus the interest and this residual rent is called michavaram. Besides this michavaram the kudiyan has also to pay certain customary dues and periodical fees. Under the Jenmi and Kudiyan Regulation as amended, all these dues have been consolidated and their yearly value has been taken and fixed as the amount payable every year in lieu of all dues to the jenmi. This is the jenmivaram and this law further lays down what shall be the rent payable and this is called the jenmikaram. The jenmikaram may be “said to be the statutory rent and the jenmivaram the contract rent, and it has been laid down that in the case of Jenmom lands generally jenmivaram shall be the jenmikaram. But in the case of cherikal lands a differential provision is made and it has been laid down that in respect of cherikal lands that jenmikaram shall be the settlement pattamicham minus the interest on the kanam amount. Perhaps I may have to explain what settlement pattamicham is. Honourable members know that settlement pattom is the pattern fixed by Government in respect of Sirkar lands in the settlement of tax. The Settlement Pattamicham means the settlement pattom fixed at the settlement minus the tax actually payable in respect of the land. In respect of cherikal lands what has been fixed is that the kudiyan shall pay to the jenmi the settlement pattamicham minus the interest on the kanam amount. It has been assumed that the settlement pattamicham is the utmost fair rent that may be paid by the kudiyan to the jenmi. But it has been noticed in actual fact that the interest on the kanam is more than the settlement pattamicham, with the result that in many cases the jenmikaram is nil or a minus quantity. This was not the intention of the Legislature. Therefore provision is now proposed, in this Bill, that in respect of cherikal lands either the jenmivaram or settlement pattamicham minus the interest on kanam amount shall be the jenmikaram whichever is greater. I am sure that this will be admitted to be a reasonable arrangement. This is the main principle of the Bill.”

Effect of Travancore Govt. Leases after Royal Pattom Proclamations of 1040 and 1061

During the second half of the 19th century several Royal Proclamations were promulgated with a view to confer rights in the land to the tenants who were the real cultivators. Majority of the people were engaged in agriculture; but the lands belonged to Jenmies (Sircar, Brahmins or Devaswoms). The cultivators held the land under lease arrangement known as Pattom, Otti, Inam and Viruthi etc. One of the important Regulations came in the line of agrarian reforms was the Royal Proclamation of 1040 ME (1865 AD). It pertained to Pattom (lease) tenements created (by Sircar) on Sirkar lands known as Pandaravaka lands. It is exalted as the Magna Carta of peasants of Travancore it being led to conferring land to tillers, step by step.

Paragraph 9 of the Royal Proclamation of 1061 (1886) brought in further radical changes as regards Pandarapattam lands. It said as under:

  • “These lands were originally the absolute property of Government, and the tenants were mere tenants-at-will; but, by the Royal Proclamation of the 21st Edavam 1040, Government generously waived all right to these lands, and declared them to be the private, hereitable, saleable property of the holders.”

Section 22 of the Settlement Proclamation of 1061 (1886) made further changes in land tenure.

Those changes were:

  • (1)   no debt shall be recognised as due to the holder;
  • (2) no interest shall be deducted from the Pattom on such debt;  
  • (3) no reduction of debt or a corresponding enhancement of the Sirkar demand shall be made when such properties were transferred by sale.
  • The properties held on the tenures in question shall be recognised as so many favourably assessed lands or Inams and confirmed to the holders as such.

Clause 7 of Section 24 of the Proclamation provided as under:

  • “There shall be no further interference on the part of the Government with these free holds, except such as might be necessary for the punctual realization of the quit rent payable”.(Quoted in: Padmanabharu Govindaru  v. The State of Kerala, AIR 1963 Ker 86.)

Now a question arises: What is the impact of 1040 and 1061 (1886) Proclamations over the ‘Government Land Leases’ made after 1061 (1886)? Do such leased lands qualify as “estate” under Article 31A of the Constitution?

The legitimate answer is that the lands leased out (by the Government) after 1061 (1886) do not acquire the rights of ‘permanency of tenure’ or attain the ‘proprietary interest’ conferred by the Pattom Proclamations of 1040 and 1061. If such rights are axiomatically conferred as a matter of course, the result would be that the Government cannot ‘lease’ lands (after the Proclamations), for, the lease character would be lost at the moment it is made.

In Rev. Fr. Victor Fernandez v. Albert Fernandez (five Judge Bench), 1971 Ker LT 1, AIR 1971 Ker 168 (Per PT Raman Nayar, CJ, T Krishnamoorthy Iyer, P Unnikrishna Kurup, JJ.), concluded that the land covered by the Royal Proclamations of 1040 and 1061 were “estates” falling under Art. 31A of the Constitution. It was on the finding that the Proclamation “secured permanency of tenure”, and “proprietary interest” in the soil. It was observed as under:

  • “7. It is impossible to accept the contention advanced on behalf of the plaintiff in this case that,even after the Proclamation of 1040, the holders of these lands had no proprietary interest whatsoever in the soil and remained tenants in the strict sense of that term, with only the right of enjoyment, the only difference being that they secured permanency of tenure, the Government still remaining the full and absolute proprietor of the soil.”

Therefore, there is a clear difference between leases made before and after the Proclamations, and the rights conferred by the Proclamations do not apply to leases made after them.

Meaning of the Word ‘Thettom’

  • Generally meant – acquisition by Mortgage.
  • When ‘Thettom’ refers to a property dealing with a Jenmam holder, it can be any ‘subordinate tenure falling short of the full proprietary title‘.
  • When it refers to a property dealing with a Non-Jenmom holder, it may mean a sale’

As regards ‘Thettom’, Raman Menon, C.J., said, in Augusti v. The Dewan of Travancore, 8 Travancore LJ 438, as under:

  • “In S.A. 17 of 1074, this Court remarked:-‘In the Sirkar registry of 1011, the plaint property is entered as ‘Thettom’ in the name of defendants’ Tarwad.
  • That expression, according to its ordinary meaning, implies at least a mortgage lien, if not more, as held by this Court in A.S.166 of 1070 and A.S. 285 of 1071. It always implies something more than a simple lease’.
  • In S.A. 61 of 1075, the terms was taken to be generic and to include ‘all subordinate tenures falling short of the full proprietory title‘.
  • In S.A. 302 of 1075, it was observed that the word ‘Thettom’, as applied to Nambudiri Jenmies, had been held by this court to mean ordinarily a Kanom.
  • In S.A. 48 of 1076, Vencoba Chariar, C.J. and Mr. Justice Kunhiraman Nair construed the words thus:- ‘The chief ground of the plaintiff’s second appeal is that in arriving at this finding the lower courts have not given sufficient weight to the fact appearing from the Ext. B – an old Revenue account – in which the land in dispute is entered as ‘Thettam’ from plaintiff’s Illom; but the word ‘Thettom’ is a somewhat ambiguous one and though, as remarked in the case in 15 TLR 161 and in other cases, it is generally used in the Revenue accounts to signify the Kanom tenure under Jenmies, it is also sometimes used to denote other subordinate tenures‘.
  • In S.A. 343 of 1078, we find the following remarks:-‘Thettom ordinarily means a’Kanom’, and in any case, a derivative title when used in connection with Brahmaswam or Devaswom properties, as in the present case’.
  • Lastly, in A.S. Nos. 59 and 101 of 1083, Sadasiva Iyer, C.J., and Sankara Menon, J., observed thus:-‘Mr. Kochukrishna Marar quotes 15 TLR 161 and says the word ‘Thettom’ means a Kanom or mortgage.
  • No doubt, in the case of Jenmies, it has been so held; but we doubt whether in the case of non jenmies, any meaning other than the ordinary meaning of the word can be given to the word ‘Thettom’. The plaintiffs are Nairs and the tenure claimed is not Jenmom. The ordinary meaning of the word is acquisition. We are inclined to hold that a word ‘Thettom’, in cases of this sort, means only sale’.”
  • (Quoted in: Travancore Devaswom Board v. Uzhithiraru Uzhithiraru, 1957 KLT 315)

In Damodaran v. Sankaranarayanan Namboothiripad, ILR 1963-2 Ker. 707; 1964 KLT 25, the High Court referred to thanathu thettom land (nilam); and observed – it conveys the idea of ‘acquisition’.

‘Pandarappattoms’ before 1061 (1886) were Recorded as “Thettoms

The ‘pandaravakappattoms’ before 1061 (1886) to which benefits of proprietary rights were conferred under the Proclamations (1040 and 1061) were recorded in 1910 Travancore Settlement Register as “Thettoms” (such as Devaswom Thettom, Namboori Thettom etc.)

  • Note: When those properties (upon which Brhamins or Devaswoms had pandarappattom rights) were sold or leased, they were termed in the transfer-deeds as “Devaswom Thettom”, “Namboori Thettom”.

Read Connected Blogs:


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Can an ‘Ex-parte’ Defendant Cross Examine Plaintiff’s Witness?

Saji Koduvath & Jojy George

Abstract

An ‘Ex-parte’ Defendant can Cross Examine Plaintiff’s Witness.
# When no written statement filed, the defendant can take part in further proceedings
# But, he will not be able to cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses with regard to any question of fact which he could have pleaded.
# He will, however, be competent to cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses in order to demolish their version of plaintiff’s case.
When a Defendant is Made Ex parte?

The relevant provisions of the CPC are the following –

  • Order VI Rule 2 (plead material facts only and not evidence),
  • Order VIII Rule 5 (discretion in the Court even when no Written Statement),
  • Order VIII, Rule 10 (when a party fails to present written statement, the Court shall pronounce judgment against him)
  • Order IX Rule 6 (If defendant absent, suit shall be heard ex parte),
  • Order IX Rule 7 (If defendant is made ex-parte and he appears and assigns good cause, he may be heard as if he had appeared on the day, fixed for his appearance.
  • Order XI Rule 21 (bars fresh suit on same cause of action if a suit is dismissed under r. 21),
  • Order XVII rule 2 (These provisions enable the Courts to pass an exparte decree merely relying on the averments in the plaint, and without being supported by evidence).

Order VIII, Rule 10 CPC

Order VIII, Rule 10 reads as follows:

  • “10. Procedure when party fails to present written statement called for by Court – Where any party from whom a written statement is required under Rule 1 or Rule 9 fails to present the same within the time permitted or fixed by the Court, as the case may be, the Court shall pronounce judgment against him or make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit and on the pronouncement of such judgment, a decree shall be drawn up.”

Order IX Rule 7 CPC

Order IX Rule 7 CPC reads as under:

  • “7. Procedure where defendant appears on day of adjourned hearing and assigns good cause for previous non-appearance.
  • Where the Court has adjourned the hearing of the suit ex-parte and the defendant, at or before such hearing, appears and assigns good cause for his previous non-appearance, he may, upon such terms as the Court directs as to costs or otherwise, be heard in answer to the suit as if he had appeared on the day, fixed for his appearance.”

The defendant can participate in the rest of the proceedings after setting him set ex-parte without recourse to the provisions of Order IX Rule 7. Therefore, he can

  • (1) Cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses
  • (2) Adduce evidence in defence and
  • (3) Place arguments on the entire case.

Therefore, whether or not the defendant has filed Written Statement, he can point out the defects and weakness of the plaintiff’s case on law and facts; so also the pleadings of the plaintiff are defective and the facts are not properly proved.

In Hira Lal Sahu v. Suku Majhi (Jhk), 15 Feb 2018, it is held as under:

  • “12. So far as the contention of the appellants regarding the defendants being illegally permitted to cross examine the witnesses of the plaintiffs even though the defendants have not filed any written statement is concerned, it is a settled principle of law that even if the defendant has not filed the written statement or his defence is struck off his right to cross-examine the witnesses of the Plaintiff is not taken away. The reason being as the Code of Civil Procedure envisages two consequences of not entering appearance. One is that the suit is liable to be heard ex parte and the other is that no written statement can be filed. In that context, it will not be proper to impose more punishment than those two so explicitly stated by the Code of Civil Procedure. Therefore a defendant not filing the written statement can still appear when the suit is called on for hearing not only to cross-examine the witnesses of the plaintiff and demolish in such manner the plaintiff’s case on evidence that the court will not pass any decree in the plaintiff’s favour but also to make such arguments and submissions on law and on such evidence as the plaintiff may have brought to the court. Moreover filing of written statement is not the only way of defending a suit. A defendant may in a particular case choose to successfully defend a suit against him by cross-examination of the witnesses of the plaintiff and arguments.

In Siai Sinha v. Shivadhari Sinha. AIR 1972 Pat 81, Untwalia J. laid down the law as under:

  • “The position of law in such a case is that a defendant, even without filing a written statement can take part in the hearing of the suit. He may cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses to demolish their version in examination-in-chief. Without written statement, however, he cannot be permitted to cross-examine the witnesses on questions of fact which he himself has not pleaded nor can he be allowed to adduce evidence on questions of fact which have not been pleaded by him by filing any written statement. It should be further made clear that if a defendant files a written statement and does not controvert the allegations in the plaint then tacitly the fact not controverted is said to be admitted, but if he does not file written statement, it cannot be said that he has admitted all the facts pleaded by the plaintiff.” (Quoted in Chuni Lal Chowdhary v. Bank of Baroda, 1981 JKLR 501; 1981 KashLJ 461)

In Chunni Lal Chowdhary v. Bank of Baroda, AIR 1982 J & K 93, the view taken by Untwalia, J., in Siai Sinha,  AIR 1972 Pat 81, was followed. It was observed by the J&K High Court as under:

  • “Where the Court decides to proceed to hearing of the suit without the written statement that would not debar the defendant from taking part in further proceedings of the case. His participation would, however, be hedged in by several limitations. He will not be able either to cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses or to produce his own evidence with regard to any questions of fact which he could have pleaded in the written statement. He will, however, be competent to cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses in order to demolish their version of plaintiff’s case.” (Quoted in Ganpat Chand vs Jeth, AIR 1983 Raj 146)

In Balraj Taneja v. Sunil Madan, (1999)8 SCC 396, the Supreme Court, quoting Chuni Lal Chowdhry v. Bank of Baroda, AIR 1982 J&K 93, approved the law laid down in Siai Sinha v. Shivadhari Sinha, AIR 1972 Pat 81. The Apex Court in Balraj Taneja v. Sunil Madan, held that the Court shall not act blindly upon the admission of a fact made by the defendant in his written statement and the court shall not proceed to pass judgment blindly merely because a written statement has not been filed by the defendant. Before passing the judgment against the defendant the court must see whether a judgment could possibly be passed in favour of the plaintiff without requiring him to prove any fact mentioned in the plaint. It is only when the court is satisfied that there is no fact which need be proved on account of deemed admission, the court can conveniently pass a judgment against the defendant who has not filed written statement.

In T.  Sheeja Vs. C. P.  Balakrishnan, 2018-3 KerLT 1102,  2018-4 KHC 415, ILR  2018-3 Ker 880, Kerala High Court held as under:

  • “9. In the absence of denial of plaint averments, the burden of proof on the plaintiff is not very heavy. A prima facie proof of the relevant facts constituting the cause of action would suffice and the court would grant the plaintiff such relief as to which he may in law be found entitled. However, in a case in which the defendant is set ex parte, the trial court shall scrutinize the available pleadings and documents, consider the evidence adduced and decide whether the claim made by the plaintiff is proved [See Ramesh Chand Ardawatiya v. Anil Panjwam, A.I.R. 2003 S.C. 2508].
  • 10. Even in a case where the defendant is set ex parte, the judgment shall reflect the facts of the case and the controversy involved and tried to be settled by the court. The process of reasoning by which the court came to the ultimate conclusion and decreed the suit shall be reflected clearly in the judgment. Even in a case where the written statement is not filed by the defendant, the court must be satisfied that there is no fact which need to be proved inspite of deemed admission by the defendant. The court must give reasons for passing such judgment, however, short it be. By reading the judgment, a party should be able to understand what were the facts and circumstances on the basis of which the court proceeded and what is the reason for decreeing the suit [See Shantilal Gulabchand Mutha v. Tata Engineering Locomotive Company, (2013) 4 SCC 396].
  • 11. Absence of the defendant does not absolve the trial court from fully satisfying itself of the factual and legal veracity of the plaintiff’s claim. The factum of the defendant having been set ex parte, does not invite a punishment in the form of an automatic decree. The court is duty bound to diligently ensure that the plaint stands proved and the prayers therein are worthy of being granted [See Maya Devi v. Lalta Prasad, A.I.R. 2014 S.C. 1356].”

Court has discretion to require any fact in the plaint to be proved

In Dharam Pal Gupta v. District Judge, Etah, the Allahabad High Court held as under:

  • “Therefore, reading Order VIII, R. 10, C.P.C. along with O. VIII, R. 5, C.P.C., it seems that even though the filing of written statement has been made obligatory and the Court has now been empowered to pass a judgment on the basis of the plaint on the ground that no written statement has been filed by the defendant still, the discretion of the Court has been preserved and despite the non-filing of the written statement the Court may pass any other order as it may think fit (as laid down in O. VII R. 10) or the Court may in its discretion require any particular fact mentioned in the plaint to be proved as laid down in Order VIII, R. 5 sub-rule (2) C.P.C.” (Quoted in Balraj Taneja v. Sunil Madan, AIR 1999 SC 3381; 1999 8 SCC 396)

Even When Defence is Struck Off, Defendant can Cross-Examine Plaintiff’s Witnesses

In Paradise Industrial Corpn. v. Kiln Plastics Products, (1976) 1 SCC 91, the Supreme Court, held that even when the defence of the defence was struck off, by putting the defendant with the similar handicap as a defendant when debarred from filing the written statement, defendant is entitled to appear and cross-examine the plaintiff’s witnesses and can submit that even on the basis of the evidence on behalf of the plaintiff and why a decree cannot be passed against him. The same view was taken in Babbar Sewing Machine Co. v. Trilok Nath Mahajan, (1978) 4 SCC 188.

 Court has not to act blindly – Even if Defendant has not filed WS 

Balraj Taneja v. Sunil Madan, (1999) 8 SCC 396, it is held as under:

  • “As pointed out earlier, the court has not to act blindly upon the admission of a fact made by the defendant in his written statement nor should the court proceed to pass judgment blindly merely because a written statement has not been filed by the defendant traversing the facts set out by the plaintiff in the plaint filed in the court. In a case, specially where a written statement has not been filed by the defendant, the court should be a little cautious in proceeding under Order 8 Rule 10 CPC. Before passing the judgment against the defendant it must see to it that even if the facts set out in the plaint are treated to have been admitted, a judgment could possibly be passed in favour of the plaintiff without requiring him to prove any fact mentioned in the plaint. It is a matter of the court’s satisfaction and, therefore, only on being satisfied that there is no fact which need be proved on account of deemed admission, the court can conveniently pass a judgment against the defendant who has not filed the written statement. But if the plaint itself indicates that there are disputed questions of fact involved in the case regarding which two different versions are set out in the plaint itself, it would not be safe for the court to pass a judgment without requiring the plaintiff to prove the facts so as to settle the factual controversy. Such a case would be covered by the expression “the court may, in its discretion, require any such fact to be proved” used in sub-rule (2) of Rule 5 of Order 8, or the expression “may make such order in relation to the suit as it thinks fit” used in Rule 10 of Order 8”. (Quoted in CN  Ramappa Gowda v. CC  Chandregowda, AIR 2012 SC 2528; 2012-5 SCC 265)

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Proof on ‘Truth of Contents’ of Documents, in Indian Evidence Act

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

Does Indian Evidence Act Speak Anything as to Proof on Truth of Contents’ of Documents?

Answer – No.

  • Indian Evidence Act Expounds Proof on ‘Existence’ of Documents and Proof on their ‘Contents’.
  • TRUTH of Contents of Documents is left to the ‘Judicial Discretion’.

Key Takeaways

  • Evidence Act does not expressly say as to “TRUTH“: Indian Evidence Act and other procedural laws do not expressly say anything as to “TRUTH of contents” of documents.
  • Truth is left to the discretion of the court. In proper cases court can presume truth.
  • Presumption as to truth: Presumption as to truth of the contents of a (proved) document can be invoked in proper cases. Official record is taken as correct on the presumption that the entries thereof are made only after satisfying its truth.
  • Courts to save the TRUTH: Function of the Court is to save the TRUTH from falsehood, and the Courts are created for the very object of finding the TRUTH.
  • Formal proof & Truth: Proof of documents includes – 
    • formal proof, and
    • truth of its contents.
  • Proof by one who can vouchsafe: Generally, proof must be given through persons who can vouchsafe for the truth.
  • Probative value: Probative value of a document, will be a matter for the court to determine.
  • Admittance of contents & truth: Admission and Marking of a document may amount to admittance of its contents, but not necessarily its truth.
  • Legal truth & substantive truth: In a well-designed system, judicial findings of formal legal truth should coincide with substantive truth.
  • Inherently inadmissible document: Where an inherently inadmissible document is marked, objections thereto can be raised at a later stage.
  • Objection to mode of proof, and truth can be waived: The objection to mode of proof, and proof as to truth of its contents, can be waived.
  • Objection – earliest opportunity:The objection to mode of proof, and proof as to truth, have to be raised at the earliest opportunity.
  • Admitted documents : Admitted documents (admitted by opposite side) need not be proved (Sec. 58 Evid. Act).
    • (Proviso to Sec. 58 says that the Court can require proof of admitted facts otherwise than by such admissions.)
  • Common knowledge and internal evidence: Facts of common knowledge and internal evidence afforded by the contents of the document can also be invoked for placing truth of contents of documents.
  • Document marked, probative value may be nil: Though a document is relevant and marked without objection, or on admission, the probative value of it may be low or nil, for want of proper proof (as to both ‘existence’ and ‘truth’).
  • Where truth of a document is in issue: Where truth of a document is in issue, marking without objection does not absolve the duty on the concerned party to prove the truth.

PROOF – Two Types

First, Formal Proof: Proof as to existence of the document. The modes of proof of documents are governed under Sec. 64 to 73A of the Evidence Act.

Second, Substantive Proof:  Proof as to truth of the contents document. Besides the formal proof, in most cases (excepting a few cases where signature, hand-writing etc. alone are considered), the court acts upon a document, only when truth of the same is established.

Generally speaking, proof as to truth of a document is to be established-

  • (i) by oral evidence of one who can vouchsafe the same,
  • (ii) by circumstantial evidence,
  • (iii) by invoking presumption or
  • (iv) by express admission by the other side.

Modes of Proof of Documents

Proof of Documents (as to, both, ‘formal proof’ and ‘truth of the contents’) can be established invoking one of the following Modes:

  • Admission of the person who wrote or signed the document (Sec. 17, 21, 58, 67, 70).
  • Evidence of a person in whose presence the document was signed or written – ocular evidence (Sec. 59).
  • An attesting witness (Sec. 59).
  • Opinion of a person who is acquainted with the writing of the person who signed or wrote (Sec. 47).
  • Admission made by the person who signed or wrote the document made in judicial proceedings (Sec. 32, 33).
  • Evidence of a handwriting expert or other opinion/ scientific-evidence (Sec.45).
  • Evidence of a person who, in routine, has been receiving the document; or a document signed by such a person in the ordinary course of his business or official duty, though he may have never seen the author signing the document (Sec. 32, 34, 35 or 114).
  • Invoking (specific) presumptions under Sec. 79 to 90A.
  • Presumptions (general) under Sec. 114.
  • Circumstantial evidence: on probability or inferences (Sec. 114).
  • Court-comparison (Sec. 73).
  • Facts judicially noticeable (Sec. 56 and 57).
  • A fact of common-knowledge. (It does not require proof. See: Union Of India v. Virendra Bharti: 2011-2 ACC 886, 2010  ACJ 2353; Rakhal Chakraborty v. Sanjib Kumar Roy: 1998-1 GauLR 253, 1997-2 GauLT 705)
  • Internal evidence afforded by the contents of the document; a link in a chain of correspondence; evidence of recipient of the document. (Mobarik Ali Ahmed v. State of Bombay, AIR 1957 SC 857)

Production, Admissibility & Proof of Documents

A document to be used in court has to pass through three steps. They are:

  1. Production of documents in court
  2. Admittance and exhibition
  3. Proof (formal proof and truth of contents).

ADMISSIBILITY of Documents – Objection– 2 counts

Disputes on admissibility of documents arise on 2 domains. (See: Manakishore Lalbhai v. New Era Fabrics: AIR 2015 SC 3796)

  1. document which is ab initio (or inherently) ‘inadmissible’
  2. document liable to be objected on ‘mode or manner of proof’.

Even if an inherently-inadmissible document is marked, objections thereto can be raised ‘at a later stage’. Mode of proof (not inherent admissibility) falls within the realm of procedural law. Therefore, objection thereto can be waived.

Inherently-Inadmissible Documents

‘Inherent-inadmissibility of documents’ arises from the following:

  1. Irrelevancy
  2. Non-registration.

Section 5 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 deals with relevancy. It reads as under:

  • “5. Evidence may be given of facts in issue and relevant facts — Evidence may be given in any suit or proceedings of the existence or non-existence of every fact in issue and of such other facts as are hereinafter declared to be relevant, and of no others.”

In Jainab Bibi Saheb v. Hyderally Saheb, (1920) 38 MLJ 532, it was pointed out that neither an omission by an advocate to object to giving of irrelevant and inadmissible evidence nor the failure of the tribunal to exclude it of its own motion would validate a decree based on material which the Evidence Act declares to be inherently and in substance irrelevant to the issue. It was also held in this decision that the primary rule to prove relevant facts by the evidence of witnesses is to call them before the trial Judge and examine them viva voce in the manner stated in Chapter 10 of the Evidence Act.

Documents Marked Without Objection as to its MODE OF PROOF – Effect

The law prevails in India is the following –

  • If documents marked without objection as to its mode of proof,  it is not open to the other side to object to their admissibility afterwards.
  • Following are the decisive decisions in this line.
P.C. Purushothama Reddiar v. S.Perumal,(1972) 1 SCC 9 (Three Judge Bench – A.N. Grover, K.S. Hegde, A.N. Ray, JJ.)Admissibility of police reports without examining the Head Constables who covered those meetings. Those reports were marked without any objection.  Hence it was not open to the respondent to object to their admissibility.Relied on: Bhagat Ram v. Khetu Ram, AIR 1929 PC 110.
R.V.E. Venkatchalla Gounder v. Arulmighu Viswesaraswamy and V.P.Temple, (2003) 8 SCC 752 (R.C. Lahoti, Ashok Bhan, JJ.)Photo copies were admitted in evidence ‘without foundation‘ and without objection. They cannot be held inadmissible for originals were not produced.Relied on: Padman v. Hanwanta, AIR 1915 PC 111 P.C. Purushothama Reddiar v. S.Perumal
Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082Objection to be taken    at     trial before document is marked as an ‘exhibit’.   Relied on: Gopal Das v. Sri Thakurji R.V.E. Venkatachalam Gounder
PC Thomas v. PM Ismail, AIR 2010 SC 905; 2009-10 SCC 239.Non-examination and absence of “proof of acknowledgment” by the author
If no objection on ‘mode of proof’ in trial court, it will be too late (in appeal) to raise objection on the ground of mode of proof – that is, “non production of John K as a witness
Rafia Sultan v. Oil And Natural Gas Commission (I.C. Bhatt, S.B. Majmudar, JJ.), 1986 ACJ 616; 1986 Guj LH 27; 1985-2 GujLR 1315No objection about the truth of contents of Ex. 32. The witness of the defendant accepted the contents. Therefore, too late in the day to canvass that contents of Ex. 32 were not proved.….
Sarkar on Evidence .If copies of the documents are admitted without objection in the trial Court, no objection can be taken in appealReferred to in:
Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082.

Who Should Object FIRST – Court or Opposite Side?

There is divergence of judicial opinion as to saying ‘NO’ by court to marking a document with formal defect, beforehand it is objected by the other side. Eg. Tendering copy of a document without furnishing the ‘foundational evidence’ to admit secondary evidence.

First view
Court is under an obligation to exclude inadmissible materials.
The court has an obligation to examine the probative value and decide admissibility before making.
H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam: AIR 2011 SC 1492 (Followed in: U. Sree  v.  U. Srinivas: AIR 2013 SC 415.)
Yeshoda v. Shoba Ram:  AIR 2007 SC 1721.
Tharammel Peethambaran v. T. Ushakrishnan, AIR 2026 SC 938.
Second view
The court cannot object first.
If no objection for other side, Court cannot refrain from marking a document on its own volition or choice (on the ground of formal defect).
R.V.E. Venkatchalla Gounder v. Arulmighu Viswesaraswamy and V.P. Temple, (2003) 8 SCC 752
Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082.
(This view is generally followed in India.)

It is pointed out in Hemendra Rasiklal Ghia v. Subodh Mody, 2009 (2) AIR Bom R 296, 2008-6 MhLJ 886 (FB) that the weight of the authorities suggests that the objection to the admissibility of evidence should be raised by the objector, and decided by the Court, at the earliest opportunity. (That is, it support the second view.)

Controversy resolved

  • 1. The court cannot object first. If no objection for other side, Court cannot refrain from marking a document on its own volition (on the ground of formal defect).
    • R.V.E. Venkatchalla Gounder v. Arulmighu Viswesaraswamy and V.P.Temple, (2003) 8 SCC 752;
    • Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082.
  • 2. If the deficiency is pertaining to non-registration of a compulsory registrable document (as it falls under the head, inadmissible document) the court can desist the marking of the document.
  • 3. By virtue of the decision, G. M. Shahul Hameed v. Jayanthi R. Hegde, AIR 2024 SC 3339, unless the court has not applied its mind to the insufficiency of stamp, and unless there is a ‘judicial determination‘, the objection thereof can be raised at any time.

Document Liable to be Objected on ‘Mode or Manner of Proof’

Following are improper modes (liable to objection):

  • Seeking exhibition through one who cannot vouchsafe veracity or truth.
  • Objectionable (mode of) secondary evidence. Eg:
    • Certified copy produced without proving circumstances that entitles to give secondary evidence under Sec. 65 of the Evd. Act.
    • Secondary evidence other than that is recognised under Sec. 63.
  • Unstamped or insufficiently/improperly stamped document.

Whether Proof of Admitted Documents Includes ‘Truth’ of its Contents

Sec. 58 of the Evidence Act says that ‘Admitted facts need not be proved’. Order VIII, Rule 5 CPC stipulates that every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability.

Effect of marking a document without formal proof (on admission or without objection) brings-about divergent views.

First view
(a) Proof (Contents) stands established.  It cannot be questioned afterwards.

(b) Truth also: See: Rafia Sultan v. Oil And Natural Gas Commission, 1986 ACJ 616; 1985-2 GujLR 1315.

(c) Admission of contents – but, does not dispense with proof of truth of its contents.
(a) RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami: AIR 2003  SC  4548; Narbada Devi  v. Birendra Kumar: (2003) 8 SCC 745; Dayamati Bai v. K.M. Shaffi : AIR 2004 SC 4082; Oriental Insurance Co v. Premlata:  (2007) 8 SCC 575; Thimmappa Rai v. RamannaRai,(2007) 14 SCC 63; KalitaIqbal Basith v. N Subbalakshmi, (2021) 2 SCC 718.
(b) Rafia Sultan v. Oil And Natural Gas Commission (I.C. Bhatt, S.B. Majmudar, JJ.), 1985-2 GujLR 1315: No objection about the truth of contents … before the trial Court. … It is therefore too late in the day for Miss Shah for the Commission to canvass for the first time before us in appeal.
Neeraj Dutta Vs. State (Govt. of Delhi) [2023] 4 SCC 731: If no objection as to mode of proof (secondary evidence) when marked, no such objection could be allowed to be raised at any later stage.
(c) Sait Tarajee Khimchand v. Yelamarti Satyam, AIR 1971 SC 1865; Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta v. New Era Fabrics, AIR 2015 SC 3796.
Second View
Even if no objection,
it does not dispense with proof (as to, both, existence of the document and its truth).
In such a case the document will not be taken as proved.

(Note: It may not be legitimate to apply this principle literatim)
LIC v. Ram Pal Singh Bisen: 2010-4 SCC 491 (Filing of the Inquiry Report or the evidence adduced during the domestic enquiry); H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam, (2011) 4 SCC 240 (Copy of a power of attorney alone was shown to the respondent during cross-examination and he admitted his signature thereon only, and not its contents); Mal Singhvi v. Anand Purohith: 1988 (Supp) SCC 604 (date of birth).
Third view
If truth is in issue, mere proof of contents, or marking without objection, is not proof of truth.
See: Narbada Devi Gupta v. Birendra Kumar Jaiswal, 2003-8 SCC 745; Ramji Dayawala Vs. Invest Import: AIR 1981 SC 2085.
Fourth view
Admission of contents, and
dispenses with proof and truth;
but its probative value will be a matter for appreciation by court.
See: State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684 (Admission and probative value – different); Rakesh Mohindra v. Anita Beri: 2015  AIR(SCW) 6271; Kaliya v. State of MP: 2013-10 SCC 758;  H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam: AIR 2011 SC 1492;  Rasiklal Manikchand  v. MSS Food Products: 2012-2 SCC 196.
Fifth view
Admission of contents, and
dispenses with proof and truth;
but Court should require (in proper cases) the party producing the document to adduce proper evidence, and to cure formal defects, invoking –
              • Sec. 165 of Evidence Act
              • Sec. 58 of Evidence Act
              • O. XII, r. 2A Proviso, CPC and
              • Sec. 294 of the CrPC.
See: Harkirat Singh v. Amrinder Singh, (2005) 13 SCC 511;
Umesh Challiyil v. K.P. Rajendra, (2008) 11 SCC 740;
KK Ramachandran Master v. MV Sreyamakumar, (2010) 7 SCC 428; AIR 2015 

Objection to be Raised When Document is Admitted; Otherwise, Opportunity Lost

It was observed by the Supreme Court in 2001 in Bipin Shantilal Panchal v. State of Gujarat, AIR 2001 SC 1158, that that ‘it is an archaic practice that during the evidence collecting stage, whenever any objection is raised regarding admissibility of any material in evidence the court does not proceed further without passing order on such objection’. And the Court directed as under:

  • “When so recast, the practice which can be a better substitute is this: Whenever an objection is raised during evidence taking stage regarding the admissibility of any material or item of oral evidence the trial court can make a note of such objection and mark the objected document tentatively as an exhibit in the case (or record the objected part of the oral evidence) subject to such objections to be decided at the last stage in the final judgment.”

But, the subsequent decisions in RVE Venkatachala Gounder: AIR 2004 SC 4082; Dayamathi Bai (2004) 7  SCC 107 took a contra view. It was held that the objection as to ‘mode of proof’ should be taken at the time of marking of the document as an exhibit, so that the defect can be cured by the affected party.

Privy Council in Padman v. Hanwanta, AIR 1915 PC 111,held that the objection to marking of documents and its admissibility should have been taken in the trial court. It was observed as under:

  • “The defendants have now appeal to the Majesty in Council, and the case has been argued on their behalf in great detail. It was urged in the course of the argument that a registered copy of the will of 1898 was admitted in evidence without sufficient foundation being led for its admission. No objection, however, appears to have been taken in the first court against the copy obtained from the Registrar’s office being put in evidence. Had such objection being made at the time, the District Judge, who tried the case in the first instance, would probably have seen that the deficiency was supplied. Their lordships think that there is no substance in the present contention.”

In P.C. Purushothama Reddiar v. S Perumal, 1972 (2) SCR 646,it was observed as under:

  • “Counsel contended that the police reports referred to earlier are inadmissible in evidence as the Head-constables who covered those meetings have not been examined in the case. Those reports were marked without any objection. Hence it is not open to the respondent now to object to their admissibility.”

Our Apex Court held in Lachhmi Narain Singh v. Sarjug Singh, AIR 2021 SC 3873, as under:

  • “24. In view of the foregoing discussion, it is clear that plea regarding mode of proof cannot be permitted to be taken at the appellate stage for the first time, if not raised before the trial Court at the appropriate stage. This is to avoid prejudice to the party who produced the certified copy of an original document without protest by the other side. If such objection was raised before trial court, then the concerned party could have cured the mode of proof by summoning the original copy of document. But such opportunity may not be available or possible at a later stage. Therefore, allowing such objection to be raised during the appellate stage would put the party (who placed certified copy on record instead of original copy) in a jeopardy & would seriously prejudice interests of that party. It will also be inconsistent with the rule of fair play as propounded by Justice Ashok Bhan in the case of RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu, AIR 2003 SC 4548.”

Effect of marking document without objection is laid down in the following two recent decisions of the Supreme Court. In both these cases, it is seen, the Apex Court has taken the view that the ‘truth’ is also stood proved.

Can the Documents be marked “Tentatively”?

In Nambi Narayanan v. State of Kerala, 2010-1 KHC 293; 2010-1 KLJ 685 ; 2010-1 KLT(SN) 46, it is held that, except in cases as to deficiency of stamp duty, the course to be followed when objections were raised, is –

  • (i) to mark the documents tentativelysubject to the objection, making a note of it;
  • (ii) to decide the objection at the last stage – in the final judgment; and
  • (iii) if the court finds at the final stage that the objection raised is sustainable, exclude it from consideration

It is seen that the view adopted by the Kerala High Court substantially agrees with the the principles in the subsequent Supreme Court ruling in In Re: To Issue Certain Guidelines Regarding Inadequacies And Deficiencies In Criminal Trials v. State Of Andhra Pradesh, (2021) 10 SCC 598. See also: D. Usharani v. Y. Gangaiah, 2023 APHC 51935; B.S. Krishnan v. Peevees Exim Company Pvt. Ltd., (Madras), 2023 2 LW 469.

Neeraj Dutta v. State (Govt.  of N. C. T.  of Delhi)

The Constitution Bench of our Apex Court laid down in Neeraj Dutta v. State (Govt.  of N. C. T.  of Delhi), AIR 2023 SC 330; 2023 4 SCC 731, as under:

  • Section 61 deals with proof of contents of documents which is by either primary or by secondary evidence.
  • When a document is produced as primary evidence, it will have to be proved in the manner laid down in Sections 67 to 73 of the Evidence Act.
  • Mere production and marking of a document as an exhibit by the court cannot be held to be due proof of its contents. Its execution has to be proved by admissible evidence. On the other hand, when a document is produced and admitted by the opposite party and is marked as an exhibit by the court, …  (sic – no objection can be raised at any later stage with regard to proof of its contents).
  • The contents of the document must be proved either by the production of the original document i.e., primary evidence or by copies of the same as per Section 65 as secondary evidence.
  • So long as an original document is in existence and is available, its contents must be proved by primary evidence.
  • It is only when the primary evidence is lost, in the interest of justice, the secondary evidence must be allowed.
  • Primary evidence is the best evidence and it affords the greatest certainty of the fact in question.
  • Thus, when a particular fact is to be established by production of documentary evidence, there is no scope for leading oral evidence.
  • What is to be produced is the primary evidence i.e., document itself. It is only when the absence of the primary source has been satisfactorily explained that secondary evidence is permissible to prove the contents of documents.
  • Secondary evidence, therefore, should not be accepted without a sufficient reason being given for non-production of the original.
  • Once a document is admitted, the contents of that document are also admitted in evidence, though those contents may not be conclusive evidence.
  • Moreover, once certain evidence is conclusive it shuts out any other evidence which would detract from the conclusiveness of that evidence.
  • There is a prohibition for any other evidence to be led which may detract from the conclusiveness of that evidence and the court has no option to hold the existence of the fact otherwise when such evidence is made conclusive.

It is held further as under:

  • “44. Section 64 of the Evidence Act states that documents must be proved by primary evidence except in certain cases mentioned above. ….. Thus, once a document has been properly admitted, the contents of the documents would stand admitted in evidence, and if no objection has been raised with regard to its mode of proof at the stage of tendering in evidence of such a document, no such objection could be allowed to be raised at any later stage of the case or in appeal vide Amarjit Singh v. State (Delhi Admn.) 1995 Cr LJ 1623 (Del) (“Amarjit Singh”). But the documents can be impeached in any other manner, though the admissibility cannot be challenged subsequently when the document is bound in evidence.”

In PC Thomas v. PM Ismail, AIR 2010 SC 905; 2009-10 SCC 239, it is observed  as under:

  • “No objection on pleas of “inadmissibility” or “mode of proof” was raised at the time of their exhibition or any time later during trial, when most of the witnesses, produced by the parties were confronted with these, as duly exhibited, bearing stamp marking with particulars, prescribed under Order XIII Rule 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 and duly signed as such.
  • In our opinion, it is too late in the day now to object to their exhibition on the ground of “prescribed procedure” i.e. mode of proof.
  • Moreover, we also find that it was nobody’s case that the said documents were got printed by John K or distributed amongst voters by him. Absence of proof of acknowledgment by him because of non production of John K as a witness, in the circumstances, in our view, is inconsequential.
  • Admittedly, John K was a well known leader of high stature, recognized as such by Christian/Catholic voters including those mentioned in Para 17 (supra) and, therefore, there is no question of drawing an adverse inference against the election petitioner for not examining him, as strenuously urged on behalf of the appellant, particularly when the printing and circulation of offending material (Exts.P1 and P2) has been proved by the election petitioner beyond reasonable doubt.”

Mere Execution of a document, no Conclusion Recitals are Correct

In Gangamma v. Shivalingaiah, 2005 9 SCC 359, it is held as under:

  • “We may furthermore notice that even if a formal execution of a document is proved, the same by itself cannot lead to a presumption that the recitals contained therein are also correct. The mere execution of a document, h in other words, does not lead to the conclusion that the recitals made therein are correct, and subject to the statutory provisions contained in Sections 91 and 92 of the Evidence Act, it is open to the parties to raise a plea contra thereto.”

Objection as to Truth of Contents, First Time In Appeal – Effect

In Rafia Sultan v. Oil And Natural Gas Commission (I.C. Bhatt, S.B. Majmudar, JJ.), 1986 ACJ 616; 1986 Guj LH 27; 1985-2 GujLR 1315 it is observed as under:

  • “It was never the case of the Commission that report which was submitted in a sealed cover was not the genuine and true report of the committee appointed by the Commission itself. Thus in short no objection about the truth of contents of Ex. 24/1 i. e. Ex. 32 was ever put forward before the trial Court and rightly so as that was the report of its own committee of experts appointed by the Commission for enlightening itself about the causes of the accident and about the future safety steps which were required to be taken to avoid such accidents. … Not only that but the witness of the defendant accepted the contents of the said document Ex. 32. Nothing was suggested by him or even whispered to the effect that the contents of the said report were in any way untrue. …. In fact both the sides have relied upon different parts of Ex. 32 in support of their rival contentions on the aspect of negligence and contributory negligence. It is therefore too late in the day for Miss Shah for the Commission to canvass for the first time before us in appeal that contents of Ex. 32 were not proved in accordance with law and hence the document was required to be taken off the record. It is now well settled that objection about mode of proof can be waived by a party and that such objection is raised by the party at the earliest opportunity in the trial Court such objection will be deemed to have been waived and cannot be permitted to be raised for the first time in appeal (vide P. C. Purushottamman v. S. Perumal AIR 1972 SC 608; Pandappa v. Shivlingappa 47 BLR. 962; and Gopaldas and another v. Shri Thakurli, AIR 1943 PC 83 at page 87 ). In view of this settled legal position the objection raised by Miss Shah against admissibility of Ex. 32 viz. that its contents were not proved in accordance with law has to be repelled.”

PROBATIVE VALUE of a Document is a Matter for the Court

Etymology of ‘Probative’ is from ‘Probare’ (Latin), means to prove; and ‘Probatio’ (Latin), means experience, proof, testing, probation etc. In law, ‘probative value’ imparts –

  • Sufficiency of evidence to prove something in a trial.
  • Probability of proof or truth while appreciating a fact.
  • Value or weight of evidence, considered by the court, in proof of something.
  • Extent of evidentiary value that can be taken to prove a proffered proposition.

Whenever a document is admitted in court, the probative value thereof will be a matter for the court to determine. It is important to note that probative value may ‘include’ truth of contents of documents; but, precisely it is independent from ‘truth’ of contents of documents.

Probative Value Date of Birth in School Register has More Value Than Horoscope

If there is a dispute regarding age, the Supreme Court, in State of Punjab v. Mohinder Singh, AIR 2005 SC 1868, held that the date of birth available in the School Admission Register has more probative value than the horoscope.

  • Similarly the probative value of –
    • FIR,
    • Scene-Mahazar,
    • Post-Mortem Report,
    • Photocopy of a Registered Deed, etc.,
  • by itself, will be lesser. In such cases the court can refrain from acting upon such documents until substantive or regular evidence is offered by examining proper witness.

In Om Prakash v. State of Punjab, 1993(2) CLR 395, and in Jora Singh v. State of Punjab, 1984(2) Crimes 837, it has been held that an entry in the school leaving certificate regarding date of birth of a student is not a conclusive proof or high ‘probity evidence’ because it is a matter of common knowledge that the date of birth given at the time of the admission of a boy or girl in a school is seldom correct and more often than not the age given is less than the actual age of the child. (See also: C. Doddanarayana Reddy v. C. Jayarama Reddy, AIR 2020 SC 1912; Commissioner of Central Excise And Service Tax v. M/S. Sanjivani Non-Ferrous Trading: AIR 2019 SC 203.)

Trial is an inquiry into the Truth

In American Jurisprudence, Second Edition, 2007, it is stated as to the purpose of ‘trial’:

  • “The purpose of trial is to determine the validity of the allegations. The objective is to secure a fair and impartial administration of justice between the parties to the litigation ….Trial is not a contest between lawyers but a presentation of facts to which the law may be applied to resolve the issues between the parties and to determine their rights. It is also not a sport; it is an inquiry into the truth, in which the general public has an interest.” (Quoted in: Mohammed Abdul Wahid v. Nilofer, 2024-2 SCC 144)

Definition of “Fact” – Evid. Act does Not Specifically say as to ‘TRUTH’

Though ‘Truth’ may fall under ‘Fact’, Evidence Act does not specifically say as to ‘TRUTH’ when defines ‘Fact’. Sec. 3 Evidence Act reads as under:

  • “Fact” —“Fact” means and includes—
  • .(1) any thing, state of things, or relation of things, capable of being perceived by the senses;
  • (2) any mental condition of which any person is conscious. Illustrations
    • .(a) That there are certain objects arranged in a certain order in a certain place, is a fact.
    • (b) That a man heard or saw something, is a fact.
    • (c) That a man said certain words, is a fact.
    • (d) That a man holds a certain opinion, has a certain intention, acts in good faith, or fraudulently, or uses a particular word in a particular sense, or is or was at a specified time conscious of a particular sensation, is a fact.
    • (e) That a man has a certain reputation, is a fact.

“Proof” – Evid. Act, CPC & CrPC do Not Specifically say as to ‘TRUTH’

The express provisions of the procedural laws state only ‘Proof’ as to existence and contents of documents, and not TRUTH.

Sec. 58 of the Evidence Act emphasises that ‘Admitted Facts’ (admitted by opposite side) need not be proved.

  • Proviso to Sec. 58 says that the Court can require proof of admitted facts otherwise than by such admissions.

Besides Sec. 58 and the powers of the court under Sec. 165 of Evidence Act, the scheme of the Procedural Acts (CPC and CrPC) shows that the court has jurisdiction to require the party concerned to prove admitted (by opposite side) documents. We can see it in – 

  • Order VIII Rule 5 CPC
  • Order XII, Rule 2A(1) Proviso of the CPC and 
  • Sec. 294 of the CrPC .

Proviso to Sec. 58 of the Indian Evidence Act provides as under:

  • “Provided that the Court may, in its discretion, require the facts admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admissions.”

Order VIII Rule 5 Proviso of the CPC says as under:

  • “Provided that the Court may in its discretion require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.”

Order XII, Rule 2A(1) Proviso of the CPC says as under: 

  • Provided that the Court may, in its discretion and for reasons to be recorded, require any document so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.

Proviso to Sec. 294(3) of Code of Criminal Procedure reads as follows:

  • “Provided that the Court may, in its discretion, require such signature to be proved.”

Therefore, it is clear –

  • Admitted documents stand ‘proved’, according to procedural laws. Its existence and contents cannot be challenged by the party which admit it.
  • But, the Court can, in its discretion, require proof of these admitted facts (existence and contents) “otherwise than by such admissions”.
  • The procedural laws contemplate here – ‘Proof’ (existence and contents) and not TRUTH.

Proof must be by one who can Vouchsafe for Truth Not Correct in All Cases

In Narbada Devi Gupta v. Birendra Kumar Jaiswal, 2003-8 SCC 745, it is held:

  • “Reliance is heavily placed on behalf of the appellant on Ramji Dayawala v. Invest Import: AIR 1981 SC 2085. The legal position is not in dispute that mere production and marking of a document as exhibit by the court cannot be held to be a due proof of its contents. Its execution has to be proved by admissible evidence, that is, by the evidence of those persons who can vouchsafe for the truth of the facts in issue”.

Though it is the “normal principle” that Proof must be by one who can vouchsafe for truth (Assistant Commissioner of Customs v. Edwin Andrew Minihan, ILR 2024-1 Ker 596; 2023-7 KHC 512; 2024-1 KLT 24), it may not be correct in all cases; because, there may be cases where proof (as to ‘existence and contents’ of a document) can be given by a witnesses who cannot vouchsafe truth – e.g., a letter or a deed obtained by a witness in ‘due/common course’. In such cases, when ‘truth’ as to the contents of a document is in dispute, it has to be proved by a competent person.

Provisions that deal with the Proof of Copy

The provisions of the Evidence Act that deal with the proof of ‘copy’ are the following –

  • First, Section 63: Secondary evidence: Secondary evidence includes—
    (i)….
    (ii) copies made from the original by mechanical processes which in themselves
    ensure the accuracy of the copy, and copies compared with such copies
    (iii) copies made from or compared with the original ……
  • Second, Section 65: Cases in which secondary evidence relating to documents may be given: Secondary evidence may be given of the existence, condition, or contents of a document in the following cases, namely: —
    (a) when the original is shown or appears to be in the possession or power-(i) of the person against whom the document is sought to be proved; or(ii) of any person out of reach of, or not subject to, the process of the Court; or(iii) of any person legally bound to produce it, and when, after the notice mentioned in section 64 such person does not produce it;
    (b) ….
    (c) ….
    (d) when the original is of such a nature as not to be easily movable……

When Section 63 or Section 65 is invoked, it may become necessary (particularly when it is objected to or questioned) to give evidence as to the fact that (i) copies made from or compared with the original and (ii) the original is lost or it is of such a nature as not to be easily movable.

  • Pooran Singh v. Hetram 2015 3 DNJ 1141; 2015 33 RCR(Civ) 623 (Raj.)
  • The Cotton Corporation of India Ltd. v. Chakolas Spinning and Weaving Mills Ltd. 2009 2 AllMR 117 (Bom)
  • Bank of India v. M/s. Allibhoy Mohammed,  AIR 2008 Bom 81
  • New India Assurance Company Limited v. Gulam Rasool (S.B. Sinha, J.), 1993 ACJ 1132; 1993-1 BLJR 331
  • New India Assurance Co. Ltd. v. Shakuntala Devi S.K. Mahajan, J., 2003-105 DLT 1020; 2003-5 AD(Del) 505; 2003-3 ACC 72; 2003 AIHC 4288; 2004 ACJ 1528
  • Harijiwan Sahu v. Jairam Sahu, 1989 AIR(Pat) 96 ; 1989 KHC 2295.

Time for Consideration of ‘Truth‘ by the Court

In any case, the truth of the contents of a document is not considered by the court at the time of marking a document; and, it comes for consideration at the fag end, while considering entire evidence on the matter including the cross examination of the witness through whom the document is marked.

In Harendra Rai v. State of Bihar, , AIR 2023 SC 4331, 2023- 9 SCC 702, it is observed as under:

  • “At the stage of evidence, when any document/paper is formally produced for being treated as a piece of evidence, the Court looks at two basic aspects. Firstly, the existence of the document on the Court’s record and, secondly, the proof of its execution or its contents being sufficiently deposed to by a witness having requisite knowledge thereof, whereafter, the document in question is marked as exhibit. At the stage of exhibiting any document as a piece of evidence, the truth of what is stated in the document is not considered. It is left open to final evaluation at the trial after cross-examination, and the entire testimony of the witness about the existence and contents of the document is weighed in conjunction with various other factors emerging during a trial. At the final evaluation stage, the Trial Court concludes whether the document speaks the truth and decides what weight to give it for final decision. In other words, its evidentiary value is analysed by the Courts at the time of final judgment. In this view of the matter, the marking of a piece of evidence as ‘exhibit’ at the stage of evidence in a Trial proceeding is only for the purpose of identification of evidence adduced in the trial and for the convenience of the Court and other stakeholders in order to get a clear picture of what is being produced as evidence in a Trial proceeding.”

Courts are Created for the Very Object of Finding TRUTH

Following decisions of our Apex Court bespeak, as to the significance of TRUTH in judicial determinations, as under:

It is the function of the Court to save the truth from falsehood–

  • Bhagwan Tana Patil v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1974 SC 1974

There is a legal duty for the courts to find the truth and administer justice–

  • Mohanlal Shamji Soni v. Union of India, 1991 Supp (1) SCC 271.

The Courts are created for the very object of finding the truth

  • Mohan Singh v. State of MP, (1999) 2 SCC 428.

Right from the inception of the judicial system establishment of truth is the main purposes underlying existence of Courts of justice–

  • Zahira Habibullah Sheikh v. State of Gujarat, (2006) 3 SCC 374.

The trial should besearch for the truth

  • Himanshu Singh Sabharwal v. State of Madhya Pradesh, (2008) 3 SCC 602,

The people would have faith in Courts when they would find that truth alone triumphs in Courts–

  • Chandra Shashi v. Anil Kumar Verma, (1995) 1 SCC 421.  

The truth should be the guiding starin the entire legal process and it is the duty of the Judge to discover truth to do complete justice–

  • Maria Margarida Sequeria Fernandes v. Erasmo Jack de Sequeria, (2012) 5 SCC 370,.

It is the bounden duty of the Court to uphold the truth and do justice–

  • Shanmugam v. Ariya Kshatriya, (2012) 6 SCC 430.

Now a question comes – Which provision of the Indian Evidence Act deals with ‘deducing or deriving’ TRUTH ?

In such an inquisition, we legitimately arrive at in-

  • (i) the definition of “Proved” in Sec. 3, and
  • (ii) “Presumption” in Sec. 114, Evidence Act.

The definition of “Proved” in Sec. 3 gives vast discretion to the court. It reads as under:

  • ” ‘Proved‘ — A fact is said to be proved when, after considering the matters before it, the Court; either BELIEVES it to exist, or CONSIDERS its existence so PROBABLE that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists.”

To fulfill the prime and onerous duty on the court, that is deducing or deriving TRUTH from the disputed matters, the Evidence Act further enables and authorises the court to invoke PRESUMPTION under Sec. 114 Evidence Act, wherever it is required.

Sec. 114 reads as under:

  • “114. Court may presume existence of certain facts —The Court may PRESUME the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have happened, regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct and public and private business, in their relation to the facts of the particular case.”

Presumption of Truth is taken ‘on something Proved‘, or taken for granted

In Izhar Ahmad Khan v. Union of India, AIR 1962 SC 1052, the Supreme Court definitely observed that presumption of truth is taken ‘on something proved or taken for granted ‘. It reads as under:

  • “The term ‘presumption’ in its largest and most comprehensive signification, may be defined to mean inference, affirmative or dis-affirmative of the truth or falsehood of a doubtful fact or proposition drawn by a process of probable reasoning from something proved or taken for granted.”

The Apex Court further quoted James Bradley Tayer (American jurist and author of Treatise on Evidence) which reads as under:

  • “Presumptions are aids to reasoning argumentation, which assume the truth of certain matters for the purpose of some given inquiry. …”.

In State of West Bengal v. Mir Mohammad Omar, 2000-8 SCC 382, it is observed as under:

  • “33. Presumption of fact is an inference as to the existence of one fact from the existence of some other facts, unless the truth of such inference is disproved. Presumption of fact is a rule in law of evidence that a fact otherwise doubtful may be inferred from certain other proved facts. When inferring the existence of a fact from other set of proved facts, the court exercises a process of reasoning and reach a logical conclusion as the most probable position. The above principle has gained legislative recognition in India when Sec. 114 is incorporated in the Evidence Act. It empowers the court to presume the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have happened. In that process court shall have regard to the common course of natural events, human conduct etc. in relation to the facts of the case.”

TRUTH is left to Discretion or Presumption of Court

Sec. 67, Evidence Act lays down the fundamental principles as to the proof of documents. Sec. 67 reads as under:

“67. Proof of signature and handwriting of person alleged to have signed or written document produced—If a document is alleged to be signed or to have been written wholly or in part by any person, the signature or the handwriting of so much of the document as is alleged to be in that person’s handwriting must be proved to be in his handwriting.”

Sec. 67 says as to ‘proof of signature and handwriting’ alone. Neither Sec. 67 nor any other section of the Ev

In this premise, it is legitimate to deduce the following inferences

  • Evidence Act does not expressly proffer anything as to “TRUTH of contents” of documents.
  • It is left to the discretion (Sec. 3) of the court. In proper cases court can presume (Sec. 114) truth.
  • In most cases, ‘proof of execution’ may lead the court to presume ‘proof of truth’.
  • It is more so, when a document is admitted (by the other side) without objection.
  • But, when proof as to ‘truth’ is in issue, or in dispute, the party in whom the burden thereof rests has to discharge it.

Our Apex Court in Mahasay Ganesh Prasad Ray v. Narendra Nath Sen, AIR 1953 SC 431, while dealing with 30-year-old Book of Accounts, though it came from the possession of its keeper, held as under:

  • “3. … … … Exhibit 32 series as noticed by the High Court, consists of loose sheets of papers. They have not the probative force of a book of account regularly kept. Being old documents, naturally, the writer is not called and barring the fact that they were produced from the Receiver’s possession there is nothing to show their genuineness. Section 90, Evidence Act, does not help the appellants because this is not a case where the signature of a Particular person is in question or sought to be established. … …”.

In Harihar Prasad Singh v. Deonarain Prasad, AIR 1956 SC 305, the Apex Court observed as under:

  •  “8. Strong reliance was placed by the respondents on Exhibits F-1 and F-1(1), which are khatians relating to the suit lands published on 7-12-1909, recording them as in the possession of the defendants of the second party as ‘kaimi’ and on the presumption under S. 103-B that entry is correct.

Court to invoke Presumptions Judiciously

Though discretionary presumptions (such as those under Section 114 of the Indian Evidence Act) do not bind the court, judicial discretion is not unbridled. As a matter of principle, such presumptions should not be ignored without justification.

The court –

  • is expected to assess whether the circumstances warrant drawing the presumption and record its reasons thereof; and
  • cannot disregard available presumptions, without furnishing adequate justification.
  • “Reason is the heartbeat of every conclusion, and without the same it becomes lifeless”: (Arijit Pasayat J.) AIR 2008 SC 1589, 2008 (15) SCC 711, and Raj Kishore Jha v. State of Bihar, 2003 (7) Supreme 152.
  • See also: State of U.P. v. Battan,2001 (10) SCC 607;  State of Maharashtra v. Vithal Rao Pritirao Chawan, AIR 1982 SC 1215; Jawahar Lal Singh v. Naresh Singh, 1987 (2) SCC 222.

In Rathish Babu Unnikrishnan v. State (Govt.  of NCT of Delhi), 2023 CrLJ 311; 2022-4 JT 477; 2022-6 Scale 794; 2022-4 SCR 989, it is held as under:

  • “In any case, when there is legal presumption, it would not be judicious for the quashing Court to carry out a detailed enquiry on the facts alleged, without first permitting the trial Court to evaluate the evidence of the parties. The quashing Court should not take upon itself, the burden of separating the wheat from the chaff where facts are contested. To say it differently, the quashing proceedings must not become an expedition into the merits of factual dispute, so as to conclusively vindicate either the complainant or the defence.”

Loose and Unfettered Discretion is a Dangerous Weapon

In Naresh Chandra Mital v. Bishamber Nath Chopra, 1966-2 DLT 352, it is observed as under:

  • “The Court has in exercising its discretion to keep in view the desirability of facilitating speedy decisions of suits upon bills of exchange, promissory notes and hundis and also to keep in view the drastic nature of the provisions contained in Rules 2 and 3 of Order 37. The presumption of consideration in the case of negotiable instruments on the one hand and the plea of the defendant and the attending circumstances tending to discount such presumption have to be considered and weighed judiciously by the Court. In otherwords, the Court has to exercise judicial discretion, keeping in view the basic dictates of justice when determining the question whether or not to permit the defendant to contest the suit and if so, whether unconditionally or on terms and what terms. The idea of discretion, which is always to be exercised in a disciplined and responsible manner, really represents a compromise between the idea that those who possess power should be trusted with free hand and not tied down to narrow and rigid groves and the competing notion that loose and unfettered discretion is a dangerous weapon to entrust to any one including Courts.”

Adjudication to Find Out Truth & Doctrines of Substantive Rights, Prejudice to Other Side, Procedure – a Handmaid Matter

In Jai Jai Ram Manohar Lal, (1969) 1 SCC 869 our Apex Court held, while dealing with amendment of pleadings, as under:

  • “5. …. Rules of procedure are intended to be a handmaid to the administration of justice. A party cannot be refused just relief merely because of some mistake, negligence, inadvertence or even infraction of the Rules of procedure. (Quoted in Varun Pahwa v. Renu Chaudhary, AIR 2019 SC 1186)

In Uday Shankar Triyar v. Ram Kalewar Prasad Singh, (2006) 1 SCC 75, our Apex  Court held that procedural defects and irregularities which are curable should not be allowed to defeat substantive rights or to cause injustice. Procedure should never be made a tool to deny justice or perpetuate injustice by any oppressive or punitive use. The Court held as under:-

  • “17. Non-compliance with any procedural requirement relating to a pleading, memorandum of appeal or application or petition for relief should not entail automatic dismissal or rejection, unless the relevant statute or rule so mandates. Procedural defects and irregularities which are curable should not be allowed to defeat substantive rights or to cause injustice.
  • Procedure, a handmaiden to justice, should never be made a tool to deny justice or perpetuate injustice, by any oppressive or punitive use. The well-recognised exceptions to this principle are:
  • .(i) where the statute prescribing the procedure, also prescribes specifically the consequence of non- compliance;
  • (ii) where the procedural defect is not rectified, even after it is pointed out and due opportunity is given for rectifying it;
  • (iii) where the non-compliance or violation is proved to be deliberate or mischievous;
  • (iv) where the rectification of defect would affect the case on merits or will affect the jurisdiction of the court;
  • (v) in case of memorandum of appeal, there is complete absence of authority and the appeal is presented without the knowledge, consent and authority of the appellant.” (Quoted in Varun Pahwa v. Renu Chaudhary, AIR 2019 SC 1186.)

Adjudication is to Render Justice; it is Unmindful of Consequences

It was held by the Kerala High Court in Gopalakrishnan v. Joint Registrar of Co operative Societies (General), 08 Dec 2015, (Dama Seshadri Naidu, J) as under:

  • “23. I am very conscious that this Court, as a constitutional adjudicatory machinery, is called upon to interpret the statute straight and simple and render justice. Justice is not an inventive judicial instrument; it is rather a necessary corollary to the judicious application of the law to the facts following certain accepted cannons of construction of the statutes and the Constitution, too. The whole process is compendiously called judicial adjudication. Trite is the truth that adjudication is unmindful of consequences; it is, on the other hand, in the legislative wisdom to consider all the eventualities and bring about legislation or legislative changes to see that the varied needs of the organisations and institutions, including the administrative agencies, are best served—adverse fallout on the application of law is avoided.

Sec. 90, Evid. Aact – Not Truth of Contents; But, Genuineness Drawn

Under Sec. 90, Not Truth of Contents, but, only presumption of Genuineness of a document (i.e., existence or handwriting), is drawn (Union of India v. Ibrahim Uddin: (2012) 8 SCC 148). Therefore, besides TRUTH, the contents of the documents also have to be proved by cogent evidence.

  • No doubt, under Sec. 114, TRUTH can be presumed, directly, in proper cases, in their peculiar ensuring facts (regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct and public and private business, in their relation to the facts of the particular case).
  • That is, if the document is a public document an “added presumption” (as to correctness) under Section 114(e) is available -KalitaIqbal Basith and others v. N Subbalakshmi, (2021) 2 SCC 718.

Sec. 90 CPC, basically, speaks about two things – as regards 30-year-documents:

  • 1. A document purports to be in the handwriting of any particular person is presumed to be in his handwriting.
  • 2. A document purports to be executed or attested is presumed to be duly executed and attested.

Our Courts Act Upon ‘LEGAL TRUTH’; and not ‘ULTIMATE TRUTH’

As shown above, the very duty of a court is to find TRUTH. Our courts are said to be functioning in ‘adversarial system’ where advocates present the case of their parties before an impartial judge for determining the truth and for getting a judgment accordingly. In such a system, the courts are concerned with ‘PROCEDURAL TRUTH’ or ‘LEGAL TRUTH’ as emerged from the pleadings and evidence; and not ULTIMATE TRUTH.

In State of Rajasthan v. Asharam @ Ashumal, AIR  2023 SC 2228, it is observed as under:

  • “In a well-designed system, judicial findings of formal legal truth should coincide with substantive truth.” (Also see: Kailash Vijayvargiya v. Rajlakshmi Chaudhuri, 2023-6 JT 138.)

Viscount Simon LC, explained it in Hickman v.  Peacey, [1945] AC 304, as under:

  • “A court of law … is not engaged in ascertaining ultimate verities: it is engaged in determining what is the proper result to be arrived at, having regard to the evidence before it.”

Conjectures and Suspicion Should Not take the place of Legal Truth.

In Ritesh Chakarvarti v. State of Madhya Pradesh, 2007-1 SCC(Cr) 744, our Apex Court warned as under:

  • “There is another aspect of the matter, which cannot be lost sight of. While dealing with a case of grave nature like the present one, there is always a danger that conjectures and suspicion may take the place of legal truth.” (See also: Aloke Nath Dutta v. State of West Bengal, 2007-12 SCC 230.)

Subjective Satisfaction and Objective Consideration by the Court

It is evident from Sec. 3 of the Indian Evidence Act that TRUTH (or otherwise) of a disputed matter is left to the Subjective Satisfaction of the court. The definition of ‘proved’ in Sec. 3 of the Evidence Act says that ‘a fact is said to be proved when (after considering the matter before it) the court either believes it to exist, or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists’.  Further, S.114 of the Evidence Act allows the court to presume the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have happened regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct, etc.

The Evidence Act itself lays down the objective methods, including adequate restrictions, to arrive at the subjective satisfaction to determine the truth. The definition of ‘proved’ itself provides for ‘consideration of the matters before it’. The provision in Sec. 27 which bars the use of statement, given to police while an accused is in custody, is an important restriction in that line.  

In Karunakaran v. State, (1960) 2 Ker LR 247, it is observed as under:

  • “The practice of attestation of confessional statement by witnesses is an objectionable one. It prejudices the accused to safeguard whose interest the Legislature has enacted Ss. 24 fo 26 of the Evidence Act. It has no legal sanction behind it. There is no harm in recording the accused’s statement in the first person at any great length in the case diary when the accused is arrested and questioned and in the preamble to the recovery mahazar reference to the reasons leading to the recovery may be made.
  • The whole thing appears to be an “intentional whittling down” of the wholesome provisions of Ss. 25 and 26 of the Evidence Act. It is very easily said that the incriminating portion of a lengthy confessional “statement should be excluded. But it is a very difficult mental process to close your eyes to the details in the confessional statement and see only the bracketed portion and remain uninfluenced by the confession of the accused. This feat is possible of performance only by a few specially trained experts. There is no reason why the overburdened judicial officers should be saddled with an additional burden which has not the support of law or procedure.” (Quoted in: Mohammed v. State of Kerala, 1963 Cri LJ 175; Thadiyanevida Nazeer @ Ummer Haji v. State of Kerala (2022) and K Babu v. State of Kerala, 2023(6) KLT 96)

Our Courts Apply Different ‘STANDADARDS of Proof’

In the process to take a fact ‘proved’, ‘disproved’, or ‘not proved’ the courts have to weigh probabilities. In Bater v Bater,  (1950) 2 All ER 458, Lord Denning pointed out –  ‘there is no absolute standard’, and higher degree of proof is required for more serious matters like criminal cases. Therefore, the courts apply different ‘STANDADARDS of Proof’ in different cases and the courts use distinctive scales in the judicial process of pondering on probabilities.

From the above, it can be concluded –

  1. ‘Proof of Documents’ envisaged in the Evidence Act is proof of ‘facts’ as to the ‘existence’ or ‘contents’ of a document.
  2. TRUTH of contents of documents being remain in the judicial discretion, it could not have been expressly or directly dealt with in Evidence Act with precision.
  3. According to Sec. 3 of the Evidence Act ‘a fact is said to be proved when, after considering the matters before it, the Court either BELIEVES it to exist, or CONSIDERS its existence so PROBABLE that a prudent man ought under the circumstances of the particular case to act upon the supposition that it exists …’.
  4. According to Sec. 114 of the Evidence Act ‘the Court may presume the existence of any fact which it THINKS likely to have happened, regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct, and public and private business …’
  5. That is, TRUTH (or otherwise) of a disputed point is left to the SUBJECTIVE SATISFATION of the court inasmuch as the question whether a fact is proved (or not) is left to the evaluation of the court. Further, the court is specifically required to appraise – how a prudent man in the given circumstances “acts upon“. The court is also authorised to presume the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have happenedregard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct” etc.
  6. It is equally important – TRUTH of a disputed item is to be appreciated on the legal (subjective) reasoning after OBJECTIVE consideration of the matters before it” (Sec. 3 Evid. Act).

Old Document: Recent Challenge – Direct Evidence Need Not Be as Strong as might be Naturally Expected in a Recent Transaction.  

In Jagna Sanyasiah v.  Mycherla Peda Atchanna Naidu, AIR 1921 Mad 624, it is held as under:

  • “5. The respondents’ contention in their memorandum of objections would, in my opinion, have to be allowed as the passing of consideration for a document which is more than 30 years old and which was ever questioned till this suits was brought should be taken as proved even if the direct evidence is not as strong as might be naturally expected in respect of recent transactions.”

Mechanical Interpretation with Dictionary and Grammar Inadequate

MH Beg, J. (as he then was) in Rishi Kesh Singh v. The State, AIR 1970 All. 51, pointed out as under:

  • “100. The concepts of ‘proved’, ‘disproved’, and ‘not proved,’ defined in alluringly simple terms in the Act, compress a great deal of judicial wisdom with history and processes of evolution and development behind them which have not yet ended. …. It is obvious that a mechanical interpretation with the help of a dictionary and rules of grammar, found to be inadequate on several occasions by our Supreme Court (e.g. Deputy Custodian Evacuee Property New Delhi v. Official Receiver of the Estate of Daulat Ram Surana, AIR 1965 SC 951 at p. 957; Kanwar Singh v. Delhi Administration, AIR 1965 SC 871 at p. 875; R.L. Arora v. State of U. P., AIR 1964 SC 1230 at p. 1237; State of U. P. v. C. Tobit. AIR 1958 SC 414), may not suffice here also.”

Facts of Common Knowledge and Internal Evidence

The following things can also be invoked for placing ‘truth’ of contents of documents –  

  1. The matters of common knowledge (It does not require proof. See: Union of India v. Virendra Bharti: 2011-2 ACC 886, 2010  ACJ 2353; Rakhal Chakraborty v. Sanjib Kumar Roy: 1998-1 GauLR 253, 1997-2 GauLT 705) and
  2. internal evidence afforded by the contents of the document (a link in a chain of correspondence; recipient of the document – Mobarik Ali Ahmed v. State of Bombay, AIR 1957 SC 857).

Admissibility of a Document is One Thing and its Probative (Proof) Value Quite Another

Admittance of documents in evidence, and its proof are two different matters. In Baldeo Sahai v. Ram Chander, AIR 1931 Lahore 546, it is held as under:

  • “There are two stages relating to documents. One is the stage when all the documents on which the parties rely are filed by them in Court. The next stage is when the documents proved and formally tendered in evidence. The word “proved” has been used by the Division Bench in the sense of ‘proposed to be proved’ as is clear from its having been used along with the word ‘tendered’ or “admitted” in evidence. The word proved has been loosely used for describing the stage after fling of the documents, when the Court would decide only whether they should be admitted or rejected. The Division Bench cannot be read as holding that the document is not to be endorsed with an Exhibit number unless and until proved. As stated hereinabove, the stages of tendering/admitting/rejecting in evidence and holding a document proved – are two distinct and different stages, not one. They are respectively the second and third stages. Admission of a document in evidence is not to be confused with proof of a document.

Kaliya v. State of Madhya Pradesh, 2013-10 SCC 758 – Victim in a murder case had been admitted in the hospital with burns. The dying declaration was recorded by the Doctor.  The original dying declaration had not been filed by the prosecution and the carbon copy was produced. The Doctor deposed that even after conducting an extensive search, the original dying declaration could not have been traced. Pointing out that the secondary evidence can be adduced in any form, provided it is authenticated by foundational evidence that the alleged copy is in fact a true copy of the original, the Apex Court held as under:

  • “Section 65(c) of the Act 1872 provides that secondary evidence can be adduced relating to a document when the original has been destroyed or lost, or when the party offering evidence of its contents cannot, for any other reason, not arising from his own default, or neglect, produce it in reasonable time. The court is obliged to examine the probative value of documents produced in court or their contents and decide the question of admissibility of a document in secondary evidence. (Vide: H. Siddiqui (dead) by Lrs. v. A. Ramalingam, AIR 2011 SC 1492; and Rasiklal Manikchand Dhariwal & Anr. v. M.S.S. Food Products, (2012) 2 SCC 196).

In Rasiklal Manikchand Dhariwal v. M.S.S. Food Products, (2012) 2 SCC 196, it was held as under:

  • “Proviso appended to sub-rule (1) of Rule 4 of Order XVIII further clarifies that where documents are filed and the parties rely upon the documents, the proof and admissibility of such documents which are filed along with the affidavit shall be subject to the order of the court.”

In State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684, it is observed:

  • Admissibility of a document is one thing and its probative value quite another—these two aspects cannot be combined. A document may be admissible and yet may not carry any conviction and weight or its probative value may be nil.” (Quoted in: H. Siddiqui (dead) by Lrs. v. A. Ramalingam, AIR 2011 SC 1492)

E.g. – A per se ‘objectionable document’ marked without objection; un-cross-examined testimony of a witness; Photocopy of a deed certified copy of which is provided in law.

In Life Insurance Corporation of India v. Rampal Singh Bisen, (2010) 4 SCC 491, it is held as under:

  • “26. We are of the firm opinion that mere admission of document in evidence does not amount to its proof. In other words, mere marking of exhibit on a document does not dispense with its proof, which is required to be done in accordance with law. As has been mentioned herein above, despite perusal of the record, we have not been able to come to know as to under what circumstances respondent plaintiff had admitted those documents. Even otherwise, his admission of those documents cannot carry the case of the appellants any further and much to the prejudice of the respondent.
  • 27. It was the duty of the appellants to have proved documents Exh. A-1 to Exh. A-10 in accordance with law. Filing of the Inquiry Report or the evidence adduced during the domestic enquiry would not partake the character of admissible evidence in a court of law. That documentary evidence was also required to be proved by the appellants in accordance with the provisions of the Evidence Act, which they have failed to do.”
  • “31. Under the Law of Evidence also, it is necessary that contents of documents are required to be proved either by primary or by secondary evidence. At the most, admission of documents may amount to admission of contents but not its truth. Documents having not been produced and marked as required under the Evidence Act cannot be relied upon by the Court. Contents of the document cannot be proved by merely filing in a court.”

Marking Document Without Objection – Not Dispense with Proof of Contents 

When a document is marked without objection –

  • the affected party is precluded from raising objection to the existence of the document and its contents.
  • Still, he can point out – mere admission of a document in evidence does not amount to its proof; and the probative value of it is low or nil, for want of proper proof.

In Sait Tarajee Khimchand v. Yelamarti Satyam, AIR 1971 SC 1865, the Supreme Court observed that mere marking of documents (day book and ledger) as exhibits do not dispense with the proof of documents. In Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta v. New Era Fabrics, AIR 2015 SC 3796, it is observed that mere marking as exhibit and identification of executor’s signature by one of witnesses do not prove contents of a document.

In Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. KM Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082, it is observed as under:

  • “In the present case the objection was not that the certified copy of Ex.P1 is in itself inadmissible but that the mode of proof was irregular and insufficient. Objection as to the mode of proof falls within procedural law. Therefore, such objections could be waived. They have to be taken before the document is marked as an exhibit and admitted to the record (See: Order XIII Rule 3 of Code of Civil Procedure). This aspect has been brought out succinctly in the judgment of this Court in RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami & VP Temple & Another reported in [(2003) 8 SCC 752] to which one of us, Bhan, J., was a party vide para 20:
  • “20. The learned counsel for the defendant-respondent has relied on Roman Catholic Mission v. State of Madras [AIR 1966 SC 1457] in support of his submission that a document not admissible in evidence, though brought on record, has to be excluded from consideration. We do not have any dispute with the proposition of law so laid down in the abovesaid case. However, the present one is a case which calls for the correct position of law being made precise. Ordinarily, an objection to the admissibility of evidence should be taken when it is tendered and not subsequently. The objections as to admissibility of documents in evidence may be classified into two classes:
    • (i) an objection that the document which is sought to be proved is itself inadmissible in evidence; and
    • (ii) where the objection does not dispute the admissibility of the document in evidence but is directed towards the mode of proof alleging the same to be irregular or insufficient.
  • In the first case, merely because a document has been marked as “an exhibit”, an objection as to its admissibility is not excluded and is available to be raised even at a later stage or even in appeal or revision.
  • In the latter case, the objection should be taken when the evidence is tendered and once the document has been admitted in evidence and marked as an exhibit, the objection that it should not have been admitted in evidence or that the mode adopted for proving the document is irregular cannot be allowed to be raised at any stage subsequent to the marking of the document as an exhibit.
  • The latter proposition is a rule of fair play. The crucial test is whether an objection, if taken at the appropriate point of time, would have enabled the party tendering the evidence to cure the defect and resort to such mode of proof as would be regular. The omission to object becomes fatal because by his failure the party entitled to object allows the party tendering the evidence to act on an assumption that the opposite party is not serious about the mode of proof. On the other hand, a prompt objection does not prejudice the party tendering the evidence, for two reasons: firstly, it enables the court to apply its mind and pronounce its decision on the question of admissibility then and there; and secondly, in the event of finding of the court on the mode of proof sought to be adopted going against the party tendering the evidence, the opportunity of seeking indulgence of the court for permitting a regular mode or method of proof and thereby removing the objection raised by the opposite party, is available to the party leading the evidence. Such practice and procedure is fair to both the parties.
  • Out of the two types of objections, referred to hereinabove, in the latter case, failure to raise a prompt and timely objection amounts to waiver of the necessity for insisting on formal proof of a document, the document itself which is sought to be proved being admissible in evidence. In the first case, acquiescence would be no bar to raising the objection in a superior court.”

In Kaliya v. State of Madhya Pradesh, 2013-10 SCC 758, it is held as under:

  • “However, the secondary evidence of an ordinary document is admissible only and only when the party desirous of admitting it has proved before the court that it was not in his possession or control of it and further, that he has done what could be done to procure the production of it. Thus, the party has to account for the non-production in one of the ways indicated in the section. The party further has to lay down the factual foundation to establish the right to give secondary evidence where the original document cannot be produced. When the party gives in evidence a certified copy/secondary evidence without proving the circumstances entitling him to give secondary evidence, the opposite party must raise an objection at the time of admission. In case, an objection is not raised at that point of time, it is precluded from being raised at a belated stage.
  • Further, mere admission of a document in evidence does not amount to its proof. Nor, mere marking of exhibit on a document does not dispense with its proof, which is otherwise required to be done in accordance with law. (Vide:
    • The Roman Catholic Mission v. The State of Madras, AIR 1966 SC 1457;
    • Marwari Khumhar & Ors. v. Bhagwanpuri Guru Ganeshpuri & Anr., AIR 2000 SC 2629;
    • R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami and V.P. Temple & Anr., AIR 2003 SC 4548;
    • Smt. Dayamathi Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, AIR 2004 SC 4082; and
    • Life Insurance Corporation of India v. Rampal Singh Bisen, (2010) 4 SCC 491).”

Execution of a Document – Question of Fact; Can be proved by Circumstantial Evidence Also

In Kishan Arjuna Khansole v. Ababuwa Baba Khansole, 2000-4 BomCR 433; 2000-4 MhLJ 854, it is pointed out that the execution of a document is a question of fact and can be proved like any other fact by direct as well as circumstantial evidence.

TRUTH has to be Established, Despite Waiver of Formal Proof

No doubt, presumption in Sec. 114 Evidence Act is wide enough, in the circumstance of a particular case, to presume ‘truth’ of contents of a ‘proved’ document.

In Dibakar Behera v. Padmabati Behera, AIR 2008 Ori 92, it is observed as under [referring various judgments including RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003  SC  4548, Dayamati Bai v. K.M. Shaffi, 2004 SC 4082, Bhagyarathi Das v. Agadhu Charan Das, 62 (1986) CLT 298,  Budhi Mahal v. Gangadhar Das, 46 (1978) CLT 287]:

  • “A close reading of the above noted judicial pronouncements would show that whenever a document is marked as exhibit without objection, it will be presumed that a party having right of objection has waived formal proof of the document and in such situation, the entire contents of the document would be admissible in evidence. However, by such admission of document, the truth and correctness of the contents by itself would not be established and there must be some evidence to support the contents of such document.”

IF ‘TRUTH’ IS IN ISSUE – Mere Marking Not Amounts to ‘Waiver’

IF the TRUTH is IN ISSUE mere proof of handwriting or execution not evidence of truth:   IF the TRUTH of the facts stated in a document is IN ISSUE mere proof of the hand-writing and execution of the document would not furnish evidence of the truth of the facts or contents of the document.

In Ramji Dayawala v. Invest Import: AIR 1981 SC 2085, it us held as under:

  • If the truth of the facts stated in a document is in issue mere proof of the handwriting and execution of the document would not furnish evidence of the truth of the facts or contents of the document. The truth or otherwise of the facts or contents so stated would have to be proved by admissible evidence, i.e. by the evidence of those persons who can vouchsafe for the truth of the facts in issue.”

If ‘truth’ is in issue, or in dispute, marking without objection by itself does not absolve the duty to prove the truth as to the contents of the documents. (See: Achuthan Pillai v. Marikar (Motors) Ltd., AIR 1983 Ker 81, 1976 Cr.LJ 1507; 2016 (1) Gau. LJ 88,  2012(1) CTC 53; 2013-1 KLT 293.)

Secondary Evidence Relating to the Contents of a Document

Secondary evidence relating to the contents of a document is inadmissible, until the non-production of the original is accounted for. The secondary evidence must be authenticated by foundational evidence that the alleged copy is in fact a true copy of the original. Mere admission of a document in evidence does not amount to its proof. Therefore, the documentary evidence is required to be proved in accordance with law.

The court has an obligation to decide the question of admissibility of a document in secondary evidence before making endorsement thereon. [H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam: AIR 2011 SC 1492; Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta v. New Era Fabrics: AIR  2015  SC 3796]

In Rakesh Mohindra v. Anita Beri, 2015 AIR(SCW) 6271, it is held:

  • Mere admission of secondary evidence, does not amount to its proof. The genuineness, correctness and existence of the document shall have to be established during the trial and the trial court shall record the reasons before relying on those secondary evidences.”

Court Examines Probative Value of Secondary Evidence

It is well settled that if a party wishes to lead secondary evidence, the Court is obliged to examine the probative value of the document produced in the Court or their contents and decide the question of admissibility of a document in secondary evidence [Rakesh Mohindra v. Anita Beri: 2015  AIR(SCW) 6271].

Admission may Dispense with Proofbut Probative Value May Be Less or Nil

The discretion vested with the court to take presumption and evaluate probative value are to be exercised judiciously.

Contents of the document cannot be proved by mere filing the document in a court. Under the Law of Evidence, it is necessary that contents of documents are required to be proved either by primary or by secondary evidence. Mere marking a document as an ‘exhibit’ will not absolve the duty of to prove the documents in accordance with the provisions of the Evidence Act. At the most, marking ‘exhibit’may amount to proof of contents, but not its truth.

Documents which are not produced and marked as required under the Evidence Act cannot be relied upon by the Court. 

  • See: LIC v. Ram Pal Singh Bisen, 2010-4 SCC 491 (Filing of the Inquiry Report or the evidence adduced during the domestic enquiry);
  • M. Chandra v. M. Thangamuthu. Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta Vs.New Era Fabrics, AIR 2015 SC 3796;
  • Birad Mal Singhvi v. Anand Purohitb, 1988 (Supp) SCC 604 (date of birth).

Even when a document is technically admitted in court, the probative value thereof will always be a matter for the court to determine. That is, it is depended upon the nature of each case. The probative value of Scene-Mahazar, Postmortem Report, photocopy of a Registered Deed etc. without supporting legal evidence may be lesser. In such cases the court can refrain from acting upon such documents until regular evidence is tendered.

In Life Insurance Corporation of India v. Ram Pal Singh Bisen, 2010-4 SCC 491, it is observed as under:

  • “26. We are of the firm opinion that mere admission of document in evidence does amount to its proof. In other words, mere marking of exhibit on a document does dispense with its proof, which is required to be done in accordance with law. …..
  • 27. It was the duty of the appellants to have proved documents Exh.-A-1 to Exh. A-10 in accordance with law. Filing of the Inquiry Report or the evidence adduced during the domestic enquiry would partake the character of admissible evidence in Court of law. That documentary evidence was also required to be proved by the appellants in accordance with the provisions of the Evidence Act, which they have failed to do.”

The Calcutta High Court (DB) quoting Life Insurance Corporation of India v. Ram Pal Singh Bisen [2010-4 SCC 491] it is observed in Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company v. Smt. Santa Dey (2019-2 ACC 36: 2018-3 TAC 473) as under:

  • “On the authority of the aforesaid decision, we hold that even if the document had been marked as Exhibit-A without objection, without a formal proof thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Evidence Act, such  document lost its credibility and is of no probative value.”

In Kalyan Singh v. Chhoti, AIR 1990 SC 396, it is observed as under:

  • A certified copy of a registered sale deed may be produced as secondary evidence in the absence of the original. But in the present case Ex. 3 is not certified copy. It is just an ordinary copy. There is also no evidence regarding content of the original sale deed. Ex.3 cannot therefore, be considered as secondary evidence. The appellate Court has a right and duty to exclude such evidence.”

Should the Court Allow to Adduce Proper Evidence to Prove Documents

As stated in detail above, besides the powers of the court under Sec. 165 of Evidence Act, the scheme of the Procedural Acts (Sec. 58 of Evidence Act and Order XII, Rule 2A Proviso of the CPC and Sec. 294 of the CrPC) show that the courts have jurisdiction to require the parties concerned to prove documents that are marked on admission (by the opposite side)

  • without proper proof (of contents of the document or its truth), and
  • without ‘foundational evidence’ for a secondary evidence. 

In such a case, it is legitimate to say that the court should, before taking an adverse stance as to proof in this count, give an opportunity to cure the deficiency by the party who relies on such document.

PROOF INVOKING PRESUMPTION – Sec. 114, read with Sec. 35, Evid. Act

The evidence/proof of contents of document may be given by proving circumstances for the same or by invoking presumption also. ‘Common course of natural events’, ‘human conduct’ etc. under S. 114, Evd. Act can be used to prove the existence and genuineness/ truth of a document.

Sec. 35 of the Evidence Act reads as under:

  • “35. Relevancy of entry in public record or an electronic record made in performance of duty: An entry in any public or other official book, register or record or an electronic record, stating a fact in issue or relevant fact, and made by a public servant in the discharge of his official duty, or by any other person in performance of a duty specially enjoined by the law of the country in which such book, register, or record or an electronic record is kept, is itself a relevant fact.

Under S. 114, Illustration (e) for Judicial and official acts there is presumption as to ‘regularity’.  It is not presumption as to correctness or truth. For such presumption, one can resort to main section, Sec. 114 – that is, ‘common course of natural events’, ‘human conduct’ etc. (and not ‘regularity’ in Illus.–e).

Presumption and Truth

As shown above, in Izhar Ahmad Khan v. Union of India, AIR 1962 SC 1052, it was observed that the term ‘presumption’ includes, in its largest and most comprehensive signification, inference of the truth or falsehood of a doubtful fact. And in St. of West Bengal v. Mir Mohammad Omar, AIR 2000 SC 2988, it is held that the Presumption of fact is an inference as to the existence of one fact from the existence of some other facts, unless the truth of such inference is disproved.

In Dalchand Mulchand v. Hasanbi, AIR 1938 Nag 152 (Vivian Bose and Puranik JJ.), held as under:

  • “The initial burden of proving execution of a document when it is denied is upon the person alleging execution. But if nothing else is known the mere fact that a document is admitted to bear a certain signature and that it comes from proper custody ought to be enough to raise an inference that it was signed with the intention of execution. This inference arises in India directly from Sec. 114, Evidence Act. Persons do not ordinarily sign documents without intending to execute them: that is not the common course of human conduct, nor yet the common course their public or private business. Consequently if any person wants to rely on an exceptional circumstance, if he wants to show that in some particular instance the ordinary rule was abrogated surely he must prove it and thus the burden shifts on him”.

Referring relevant provisions of Himachal Land Revenue Act, 1954 and Sec. 35 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, it is held in Partap Singh v. Shiv Ram: AIR 2020 SC 1382, that Record-of-rights (Revenue document) carries the ‘presumption of correctness‘.

Presumption of Correctness to Revenue Record Entries

In Vishwa Vijay Bharathi v. Fakhrul Hassan, (1976) 3 SCC 642, it is held as under:

  • “It is true that the entries in the revenue record ought, generally, to be accepted at their face value and courts should not embark upon an appellate inquiry in to their correctness. But the presumption of correctness can apply only to genuine, not forged or fraudulent, entries. The distinction may be fine but it is real. The distinction is that one cannot challenge the correctness of what the entry is the revenue record states but the entry is open to the attack that it was made fraudulently or surreptitiously. Fraud and forgery rob a document of all its legal effect and cannot found a claim to possessory title.”

In Karewwa v. Hussensab Khansab Khansaheb Wajantri, AIR 2002 SC 504 : (2002) 10 SCC 315 , it is held as under:

  • “We do not dispute the legal position as stated by the learned counsel for the appellant, but the presumption of correctness of an entry in revenue record cannot be rebutted by a statement in the written statement. Mere statement of fact in the written statement is not a rebuttal of presumption of correctness of an entry in the revenue record. The respondent was recorded as a tenant in the revenue record in the year 1973 and under law the presumption is that the entry is correct. It was for the appellant to rebut the presumption by leading evidence. The appellant has not led any evidence to show that entry in the revenue record is incorrect. We, therefore, do not find any merit in the contention.”

In Avadh Kishore Das v. Ram Gopal, AIR 1979 SC 861, (1979) 4 SCC 790, it is observed as under:

  • “Wajibularz is village administration paper prepared with due care and after due enquiry by a public servant in the discharge of his official duties. It is a part of the settlement record and a statutory presumption of correctness attaches to it. Properly construed, this Wajibularz shows that the entire revenue estate of village Bahawalpura vests in the Temple or the Math as a juristic person.”

In Inder Singh v. S. Raghbir Singh, AIR 1978 P&H 98, it is observed as under:

  • “The principle is that an official record, kept by a person, upon whom there is a public duty to make entries in it only after satisfying himself of the truth of those entries, is presumed to be correct. Such a document itself is evidence of the truth of its contents unless and until its falsity can be demonstrated by any of the various methods by which the evidentiary value of any public book, register or document may be attacked.”

Evidence in Old Transaction – Vigor in RECENT TRANSACTIONS could Not be EXPECTED

In Muthialpet Benefit Fund Ltd.  v. V.  Devarajulu Chetty, AIR 1955 Mad 455, it is held as under:

  • “7. To my mind, neither of the first two points is convincing because the first is based on the rather over-optimistic and facile profession of faith made in every minors suit that he the minor is going to win and to which the statistics of our Courts do not unfortunately lend any support and especially so in this case and in the circumstances set out above, which make out prima facie that the mortgagee public institution made proper and bona fide enquiry as to the existence of necessity and did all that was reasonable to satisfy itself as to the existence of such necessity. In such a case even if there was no necessity in fact or even if the money borrowed was not applied to meet the necessity, the alienation will be upheld. The recitals of necessity in the deed are admissible in evidence as admissions of the Manager or father and also amount to representation of necessity though in the case of RECENT TRANSACTIONS evidence aliunde** would be NORMALLY EXPECTED. These elementary propositions require no buttressing by citations (See Mulla, Hindu Law, Edn.10, p.285; Raghavachari: Hindu Law, Edn.3, p.335 and following; Mayne: Hindu Law, Edn.11, Re-print pp.474-475). Secondly, it is in the best interest of the mortgagors themselves to prevent the deterioration of the value of the corpus and market it into cash and keep the sale proceeds in Court pending and abiding the result of the suit.”
  • (**from other sources)

Exhibits in a Writ Petition

A certified copy of a writ petition is marked by the plaintiff as an exhibit in a civil suit. The petitioner in the writ petition was the defendant. Can the documents that were proved and exhibited by the defendant, in the writ petition, be read in evidence in the civil suit as admission or otherwise?

The answer can be derived from the following decisions –

1. M. Chandra v. M. Thangamuthu, (2010) 9 SCC 712

  • Documents filed in writ proceedings may be relevant but cannot be treated as substantive evidence unless properly proved in accordance with law.

2. Sait Tarajee Khimchand v. Yelamarti Satyam, AIR 1971 SC 1865

  • The mere marking of a document as an exhibit does not dispense with its proof.

3. Union of India v. Ibrahim Uddin, (2012) 8 SCC 148

  • An admission can be used in subsequent proceedings, but must be clear and proved. Documentary evidence must still be tested under the Evidence Act.

Conclusion

From the above, the accepted position of law, as regards the PROOF and TRUTH of documents, can be summarised as under:

  • 1. Probative value of a document will be a matter for the court to determine on the basis of legal reasoning.
  • 2. Though a document is relevant and marked without objection, or marked on admission, the probative value of it may be low or nil, for want of proper PROOF.
  • 3. Admittance and Marking of a document may amount to admission of its contents, but not necessarily its TRUTH.
  • 4. The Evidence Act and other procedural laws do not expressly say as to TRUTH of contents of Documents. It is left to the ‘judicial discretion’ of the Court to be ‘deduced or derived’ by legal reasoning.
  • 5. The scheme of the Evidence Act is to presume TRUTH of contents of documents (in proper cases) when ‘existence and contents’ of the same are proved.
  • 6. For ‘deducing or deriving’ TRUTH of contents of Documents, the party concerned can place for consideration of the court – (i) oral evidence of one who can vouchsafe the same, (ii) express admission by the other side and (iii) circumstantial evidence or ‘presumptions’ available in the matter.

It can be seen that the ‘discretion’ conferred on the courts as regards TRUTH of contents of documents is founded in Indian Law following, the English Legal Principles which allows high degree of discretion to the trial courts to determine whether a document stands proved or not and it is honoured by the appellate courts.

Read Blogs: Similar Articles:


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India